Sei sulla pagina 1di 216

CYAN

Z-Series

Engineering and Planning Guide

Release 5.0 Cyan, Inc. 2013


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Copyright and Trademark


Copyright 2009 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. All text, images, graphics, animation, videos,
music and other materials in this publication are subject to the copyright and other intellectual property
rights of Cyan, Inc. or its licensors. These materials may not be reproduced, transmitted, distributed,
modified or posted to other websites or printed without the express written permission of Cyan, Inc.
Cyan, the Cyan logo, Z22, Z33, Z77, Blue Planet and other trademarks and service marks of Cyan
appearing in this publication are the property of Cyan. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other
companies appearing in this publication are the property of the respective holders.

Page 2 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Naming Conventions
Throughout this guide, a standardized system is used to identify various functions or to stress importance to
the reader.

Important! Information that must be seriously considered.

Note: Special suggestions, advice, or information that should be seriously considered.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 3


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Safety Symbols and Labels


Read and understand all warning labels before working with equipment.

Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS


This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury.
Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry
and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Caution Environment requires a moderate level of awareness. There is a moderate level of danger to
yourself or others.

Laser Equipment Present

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Sensitive Equipment

Safety and Compliance Information


Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury.
Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry
and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Warning Before working on the equipment, remove conductive clothing and jewelry (for example:
rings, necklaces, bracelets, key chains, metal wristwatches, and apparel with metal buttons).
Conductive items can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.

Warning Only trained and qualified personnel (as defined in IEC 60950-1 and AS/NZS 3260) should be
allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.

Warning Installation of the equipment must comply with local and national electrical codes.

Warning This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can
be accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

Warning Read the installation directions before connecting the system to the power source or
installing the modules and the accessories which are intended to be used only with Cyan
Optical Packet system.
A copy of the installation documents and the list of accessories can be found in CyLibrary in
Cyan Central at http://cyaninc.com/resources/compliance.

Page 4 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Warning Do not perform cabling on an electrically live system. Before performing any of the following
procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.

Warning A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring.

Warning No user serviceable parts are contained inside. Contact the manufacturer regarding service
of this equipment.

Warning This device requires short-circuit protection to be provided as part of the facility. Install only
in accordance with national and local wiring regulations.

Warning The copper RJ-45 SFP modules are suitable for connection only to shielded Ethernet
intra-building cabling grounded at both ends.

Warning Do not work on the system, or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning
activity.

Warning Do not stack the chassis on any other equipment. If the chassis falls, it can cause severe
bodily injury and equipment damage.

Warning Stability hazard. The rack must be stabilized or bolted to the floor before you mount this
shelf assembly. Failure to ensure rack stability may cause the rack to tip over.

Warning To prevent bodily harm when mounting or servicing this device in a rack, you must ensure
that the shelf remains stable. The Following guidelines are provided to ensure your safety:
This unit should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
When mounting this unit in a partially filled rack, load the rack from bottom to the
top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before
mounting or servicing the unit in the rack.

Warning Never use the cable management guide to lift the chassis. This is NOT the intended purpose
of the cable guide. Personal injury and/or damage to the Z22 shelf assembly may result.

Warning Ensure that all power wiring is sufficient for the load carried to the shelf assembly. All wiring
and installation must be in accordance with local building and electrical codes acceptable to
the authorities in the countries where the equipment is installed and used.

Warning This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the
equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate
electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is
available.

Warning When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and
disconnected last.

Warning This unit might have more than one power supply connection. All connections must be
removed to de-energize the unit.

Warning For connections outside the building where the equipment is installed, the 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports must be connected through an approved network termination unit with
integral circuit protection.

Warning Operating this equipment in an area that exceeds ambient air temperature of 50 C / 120 F
will result in overheating.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 5


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Warning Operating I-Temp equipment in an area that exceeds ambient air temperature of 65 C /
149 F will result in overheating.

Warning Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and
regulations.

Warning Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage
(SELV) requirements in IEC 60950-based safety standards.

Warning This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Warning This is a Class A product based on the standard of the VCCI Council. If this equipment is
used in a domestic environment, radio interference may occur, in which case, the user may
be required to take corrective actions.

Warning This equipment is a class A product and should be used and installed properly according to
the Hungarian EMC Class A requirements (MSZEN55022). Class A equipment is designed for
typical commercial establishments for which special conditions of installation and
protection distance are used.

Warning This is a Class A Information Product. When used in residential environment, it may cause
radio frequency interference, under such circumstances, the user may be requested to take
appropriate countermeasures.

Warning This is a Class A Device and is registered for EMC requirements for industrial use. The seller
or buyer should be aware of this. If this type was sold or purchased by mistake, it should be
replaced with a residential-use type.

Warning Air Management Boards are required to meet EMI certification standards. Air Management
Boards must be installed to cover all unused slots.

Caution Environment requires a moderate level of awareness. There is a moderate level of danger to
yourself or others.

Caution To avoid damage to the Z22 shelf, the fan module should not be removed for longer than 60
seconds from an operating system.

Caution Keep all ventilation openings clear and unobstructed.

Caution To prevent damage, do NOT install or remove XFP/SFP transceivers with cables attached.

Caution The Air Management Boards are essential to proper cooling of the shelf assembly. Air
Management Boards must be installed over all unused slot openings to prevent damage
from overheating.

Caution Do not apply power to the unit until you complete all installation steps and check the
continuity of the battery and battery return. When terminating power, return, and frame
ground, do not use soldering lug connectors, push-in connectors, quick-connect
connectors, or other friction-fit connectors.

Caution Star washers must be used for anti-rotation on all power and ground fasteners.

Caution Use copper conductors only.

Page 6 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Caution This equipment is suitable for installation in Network Telecommunications Facilities,


Customer Premises, and OSPs. If this equipment is installed in a Customer Premise or an
OSP environment, the appropriate hardened modules must be used and DC power interfaces
must be connected to DC power via a proper fuse panel.

Caution The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or sub-assembly is suitable for connection to
intra building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the
equipment or sub-assembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect
to the Outside Plant (OSP) or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as
intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue
4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is
not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

Caution This equipment is intended to be grounded to a Common Bonding Network per GR-CORE
1089. Ensure that the host is connected to earth ground during normal use.

Caution Hazard Level 1M Laser radiation. Do not view directly with non-attenuating optical
instruments.

Caution This product may employ Class 1M SFP or XFP. Check pluggable transceiver label for laser
classification.

Caution Some Cyan shelf components are Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) sensitive devices. Conform
to the following rules:
Observe standard precautions for handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Assume that all solid-state electronic devices are ESD-sensitive.
Ensure that you are grounded with a grounded wrist strap or equivalent while
working with ESD-sensitive devices.
Transport, store, and handle ESD-sensitive devices in static-safe environments.

Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a
commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential
area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case, the user will be required to correct
the interference at own expense.

Note The battery return connection is treated as DC-isolated (DC-I), as defined in Telcordia
GR-1089-CORE Issue 3.

Note This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 7


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Page 8 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Contents
Safety Symbols and Labels .........................................................................................................................4
Safety and Compliance Information..........................................................................................................4
New in this Release ....................................................................................................................................21
Chapter 1: Cyan Z-Series Shelves ........................................................................................................23
1.1 Cyan Z22 Shelf...............................................................................................................................23
1.1.1 Z22 Shelf Description ..............................................................................................................24
1.1.2 Z22 Card Installation Guidelines .............................................................................................25
1.1.3 CEMi Controller Card: +24 Volt .............................................................................................26
1.1.4 Z22 Physical ............................................................................................................................26
1.1.5 Z22 External Timing................................................................................................................27
1.1.6 Z22 Alarms ..............................................................................................................................27
1.1.7 Z22 Shelf Power ......................................................................................................................28
1.2 Cyan Z33 Shelf...............................................................................................................................29
1.2.1 Z33 Shelf Description ..............................................................................................................31
1.2.2 Z33 Line Card Configuration Guidelines ................................................................................32
1.2.3 Common Equipment Module (CEMi) .....................................................................................33
1.2.4 Z33 Timing ..............................................................................................................................35
1.2.5 Z33 Alarms ..............................................................................................................................36
1.2.6 Z33 Shelf Power ......................................................................................................................36
1.2.7 Z33 Physical ............................................................................................................................37
1.3 Cyan Z77 Shelf v2..........................................................................................................................37
1.3.1 Z77 Card Installation Guidelines .............................................................................................40
1.3.2 Z77 Power ................................................................................................................................41
1.3.3 Z77 Physical ............................................................................................................................41
1.3.4 Z77 Timing ..............................................................................................................................41

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 9


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.3.5 Z77 Management .....................................................................................................................41


1.4 Cyan L-AMP Shelf.........................................................................................................................42
1.4.1 L-AMP Shelf Pinouts ..............................................................................................................43
1.4.2 L-AMP Interfaces ....................................................................................................................44
1.4.3 L-AMP OSC Specifications.....................................................................................................45
1.4.4 L-AMP Features ......................................................................................................................45
1.4.5 L-AMP Applications ...............................................................................................................45
1.4.6 L-AMP Physical ......................................................................................................................45
1.4.7 L-AMP Power ..........................................................................................................................46
1.4.8 L-AMP Compliance.................................................................................................................46
Chapter 2: Z-Series Line Cards, Modules, Optics, and Optical Protection .....................................47
2.1 LAD Modules.................................................................................................................................49
2.1.1 Functional Interfaces................................................................................................................56
2.1.2 LAD OSC Specifications .........................................................................................................57
2.1.3 Management ............................................................................................................................57
2.1.4 Physical ....................................................................................................................................57
2.1.5 Power .......................................................................................................................................58
2.1.6 Environmental..........................................................................................................................58
2.1.7 LAD Module Wavelength Assignments ..................................................................................58
2.1.8 LAD-2P and LAD-8i 1310nm Add/Drop Port ........................................................................60
2.1.9 LAD-2G 1550nm Add/Drop Port ............................................................................................60
2.1.10 Compliance / Safety .................................................................................................................60
2.2 DTM-8 and DTM-8G Transponder Modules .................................................................................61
2.2.1 DTM-8/DTM-8G System Requirements .................................................................................64
2.2.2 Applications .............................................................................................................................64
2.2.3 DTM-8 Interfaces ....................................................................................................................64
2.2.4 DTM-8G Interfaces .................................................................................................................64
2.2.5 DTM-8/DTM-8G Management ...............................................................................................65
2.2.6 DTM-8/DTM-8G Physical ......................................................................................................65
2.2.7 DTM-8/DTM-8G Power ..........................................................................................................65
2.2.8 DTM-8/DTM-8G Environmental ............................................................................................65
2.2.9 DTM-8/DTM-8G Compliance / Safety ...................................................................................65
2.3 2.5G-LME4 Multiplex-Transponder Module.................................................................................66
2.3.1 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................67
2.3.2 Interfaces..................................................................................................................................67

P a g e 10 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.3.3 Management ............................................................................................................................68


2.3.4 Physical ....................................................................................................................................68
2.3.5 Power .......................................................................................................................................68
2.3.6 Environmental..........................................................................................................................68
2.3.7 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................68
2.4 PME-412 Packet Multiplexer Module ...........................................................................................69
2.4.1 Synchronous Ethernet ..............................................................................................................71
2.4.2 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................71
2.4.3 PME-412 Ethernet Services, OAM, QoS, and Synchronization..............................................71
2.4.4 PME-412 Capacity...................................................................................................................72
2.4.5 Optical Transport .....................................................................................................................73
2.4.6 Interfaces..................................................................................................................................73
2.4.7 Management ............................................................................................................................73
2.4.8 Physical ....................................................................................................................................73
2.4.9 Power .......................................................................................................................................74
2.4.10 Environmental..........................................................................................................................74
2.4.11 Standards..................................................................................................................................74
2.4.12 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................74
2.5 PME-216i Packet Multiplexer Module ..........................................................................................75
2.5.1 Synchronous Ethernet ..............................................................................................................78
2.5.2 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................78
2.5.3 PME-216i Ethernet Services, OAM, QoS, and Synchronization ............................................78
2.5.4 PME-216i Capacity .................................................................................................................79
2.5.5 Standards..................................................................................................................................80
2.5.6 Optical Transport .....................................................................................................................80
2.5.7 Interfaces..................................................................................................................................80
2.5.8 Management ............................................................................................................................81
2.5.9 Physical ....................................................................................................................................81
2.5.10 Power .......................................................................................................................................81
2.5.11 Environmental..........................................................................................................................81
2.5.12 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................81
2.6 PSW-10G10 Packet Module ..........................................................................................................82
2.6.1 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................85
2.6.2 Ethernet Services and Standards ..............................................................................................85
2.6.3 Optical Transport .....................................................................................................................85

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 11


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.6.4 Interfaces..................................................................................................................................85
2.6.5 Management ............................................................................................................................85
2.6.6 Physical ....................................................................................................................................85
2.6.7 Power .......................................................................................................................................86
2.6.8 Environmental..........................................................................................................................86
2.6.9 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................86
2.7 PSW-618 Packet Module ...............................................................................................................87
2.7.1 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................89
2.7.2 Ethernet Services and Standards ..............................................................................................89
2.7.3 Optical Transport .....................................................................................................................89
2.7.4 Interfaces..................................................................................................................................89
2.7.5 Management ............................................................................................................................89
2.7.6 Physical ....................................................................................................................................90
2.7.7 Power .......................................................................................................................................90
2.7.8 Environmental..........................................................................................................................90
2.7.9 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................90
2.8 TSW-10G10 Packet Aggregation and Transport Module ..............................................................91
2.8.1 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................92
2.8.2 Interfaces and Optical Transport..............................................................................................92
2.8.3 Management ............................................................................................................................93
2.8.4 Physical ....................................................................................................................................93
2.8.5 Power .......................................................................................................................................93
2.8.6 Environmental..........................................................................................................................93
2.8.7 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................93
2.9 LAC-8 Lambda Aggregator Module ..............................................................................................94
2.9.1 System Requirements ..............................................................................................................94
2.9.2 Functional Interfaces................................................................................................................94
2.9.3 Management ............................................................................................................................95
2.9.4 Physical ....................................................................................................................................95
2.9.5 Power .......................................................................................................................................95
2.9.6 Environmental..........................................................................................................................95
2.9.7 LAC-8 Wavelength Assignments ............................................................................................95
2.9.8 Compliance / Safety.................................................................................................................96

P a g e 12 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.10 LAC-4P Lambda Aggregator CWDM Terminal Multiplexer ........................................................97


2.11 SFT-8 Module Transponder Module..............................................................................................98
2.11.1 System Requirements ............................................................................................................100
2.11.2 Functional Interfaces..............................................................................................................100
2.11.3 Management ..........................................................................................................................100
2.11.4 Physical ..................................................................................................................................100
2.11.5 Power .....................................................................................................................................100
2.11.6 Environmental........................................................................................................................101
2.11.7 Compliance / Safety...............................................................................................................101
2.12 SFT-10G16 Multi-Rate Transponder Module ..............................................................................102
2.12.1 SFT-10G16 Applications .......................................................................................................104
2.12.2 System Requirements ............................................................................................................104
2.12.3 Management ..........................................................................................................................104
2.12.4 Physical ..................................................................................................................................104
2.12.5 Power .....................................................................................................................................104
2.12.6 Environmental........................................................................................................................104
2.12.7 Compliance / Safety...............................................................................................................104
2.13 DTM-100G Transponder Module ................................................................................................105
2.13.1 System Requirements ............................................................................................................107
2.13.2 DTM-100G Applications .......................................................................................................107
2.13.3 Interfaces................................................................................................................................107
2.13.4 Optical Transport ...................................................................................................................108
2.13.5 Management ..........................................................................................................................108
2.13.6 Physical ..................................................................................................................................108
2.13.7 Power .....................................................................................................................................108
2.13.8 Environmental........................................................................................................................108
2.13.9 Compliance / Safety...............................................................................................................109
2.14 MSE-1482 Multiservice SONET/SDH Aggregation/ Transport ..................................................110
2.14.1 Applications ...........................................................................................................................114
2.14.2 System Requirements ............................................................................................................114
2.14.3 Functional Interfaces..............................................................................................................114
2.14.4 GbE Support ..........................................................................................................................114
2.14.5 Timing / Synchronization ......................................................................................................114
2.14.6 Management ..........................................................................................................................114
2.14.7 Physical ..................................................................................................................................115

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 13


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.14.8 Power .....................................................................................................................................115


2.14.9 Environmental........................................................................................................................115
2.14.10 Compliance / Safety ...........................................................................................................115
2.15 FLX-216i Multi-Rate OTN Muxponder Module .........................................................................116
2.15.1 System Requirements ............................................................................................................117
2.15.2 Applications ...........................................................................................................................118
2.15.3 Interfaces................................................................................................................................118
2.15.4 OTN Multiplexing and Cross-Connect Formats ....................................................................118
2.15.5 Optical Transport ...................................................................................................................118
2.15.6 Management ..........................................................................................................................118
2.15.7 Physical ..................................................................................................................................118
2.15.8 Power .....................................................................................................................................118
2.15.9 Environmental........................................................................................................................119
2.15.10 Compliance / Safety ...........................................................................................................119
2.16 WSS-402 and WSS-404 Wavelength Selective Switch ...............................................................120
2.16.1 WSS DWDM Specifications .................................................................................................126
2.16.2 WSS OSC Specifications .......................................................................................................127
2.16.3 System Requirements ............................................................................................................127
2.16.4 Physical ..................................................................................................................................127
2.16.5 Power .....................................................................................................................................127
2.16.6 Environmental........................................................................................................................127
2.16.7 WSS/AWG-40 Wavelength Assignments .............................................................................128
2.16.8 Compliance / Safety...............................................................................................................128
2.17 Broadband Operating System Supervisor ....................................................................................129
2.17.1 Shelf Compatibility................................................................................................................130
2.17.2 CPU........................................................................................................................................130
2.17.3 RAM ......................................................................................................................................130
2.17.4 Timing....................................................................................................................................130
2.17.5 Craft .......................................................................................................................................130
2.17.6 Physical ..................................................................................................................................130
2.17.7 Power .....................................................................................................................................130
2.17.8 Compliance ............................................................................................................................130
2.17.9 Electrical ................................................................................................................................131
2.18 BOSS Termination Module ..........................................................................................................131
2.18.1 Shelf Compatibility................................................................................................................133

P a g e 14 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.18.2 Physical ..................................................................................................................................133


2.18.3 Timing....................................................................................................................................133
2.19 Line Card SYNC LED .................................................................................................................134
2.20 Ring Closure Modules ..................................................................................................................135
2.21 XC-2800 Switch Fabric Modules .................................................................................................135
2.21.1 XC-2800 Applications ...........................................................................................................137
2.21.2 System Requirements ............................................................................................................137
2.21.3 Capacity and Throughput.......................................................................................................137
2.21.4 Redundancy and Protection ...................................................................................................137
2.21.5 Physical ..................................................................................................................................137
2.21.6 Power .....................................................................................................................................137
2.22 Optical Protection Groups ............................................................................................................138
2.22.1 Optical Protection Groups Equipment ...................................................................................138
2.22.2 Optical Protection Groups Rules and Guidelines ...............................................................140
2.23 Optical Protection Switch.............................................................................................................141
2.23.1 1+1 Protection........................................................................................................................141
2.23.2 Switching Modes ...................................................................................................................142
2.23.3 Local or Remote Operation....................................................................................................142
2.23.4 OPS Specifications ................................................................................................................143
2.24 XFP, SFP, and SFP+ Transceivers ...............................................................................................143
Chapter 3: Optical Link Design..........................................................................................................145
3.1 DWDM XFP Specifications with GFEC......................................................................................145
3.2 LAD Modules...............................................................................................................................146
3.3 Dispersion Compensation Modules..............................................................................................151
Chapter 4: Application Configurations .............................................................................................153
4.1 App 1: OC-192/STM-64/10GbE (10G ) transport .....................................................................155
4.1.1 10G Lambda Transport, OEO Application Feature Set .........................................................156
4.2 App 2: OC-48/STM-16 Transport ................................................................................................158
4.3 App 3: Packet (10GbE and 1GbE) Transport and Switching .......................................................159
4.3.1 Protected and Unprotected Configurations ............................................................................161
4.4 App 4: Multiservice Lambda Transport, OEO .............................................................................162
4.4.1 Multiservice Lambda Transport OEO Application Feature Set.............................................163

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 15


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.5 App 5: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Functionality ......................................................................165


4.6 App 6: MSE-1482 Path Cross-Connect Functionality .................................................................167
4.7 App 7: Ethernet over SONET (EoS) ............................................................................................168
4.8 App 8: WSS Network Configuration ...........................................................................................169
4.9 App 9: Ethernet Services and Transport.......................................................................................170
4.10 App 10: Collector Rings ...............................................................................................................171
4.11 App 11: FLX-216i Configurations ...............................................................................................172
Chapter 5: System Power ....................................................................................................................175
5.1 Cyan Z22 Power ...........................................................................................................................175
5.2 Cyan Z33 Power ...........................................................................................................................176
5.3 Cyan Z77 Power ...........................................................................................................................177
5.4 Fuses .............................................................................................................................................177
5.5 Z77 Fuse Positions and DC Feeds................................................................................................178
Chapter 6: Management Network Configuration Guidelines..........................................................181
6.1 Single Physical LAN ....................................................................................................................182
6.2 Multiple Physical LANs ...............................................................................................................185
6.3 Multiple Physical LANs and the Same IP Sub-Network .............................................................192
6.4 Network and Host Routes ............................................................................................................198
Appendix A: Best Practices for Network Configurations....................................................................199
Appendix B: Acronyms and Cyan Terminology ..................................................................................205

P a g e 16 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Table of Figures
Figure 1: Front and Rear View of the Z22 -48V Shelf Layout ................................................................... 24
Figure 2: Z22 System and Environmental Alarms Connection................................................................... 27
Figure 3: Z33 Front and Rear Shelf Layout ................................................................................................ 29
Figure 4: CEMi Controller Card ................................................................................................................. 33
Figure 5: CEMi and MSE-1482 Configuration - Traffic via EoS ............................................................... 34
Figure 6: CEMi and MSE-1482 DCN Configuration Option ..................................................................... 34
Figure 7: Z77 Shelf v2 Front and Rear Views ......................................................................................... 37
Figure 8: L-AMP Shelf Front View ......................................................................................................... 42
Figure 9: L-AMP Block Diagram ............................................................................................................... 43
Figure 10: Cyan Z22 LAD-2P Module ....................................................................................................... 50
Figure 11: Cyan Z-Series LAD-4A Module................................................................................................ 50
Figure 12: Cyan Z-Series LAD-8i Module ................................................................................................. 50
Figure 13: Cyan Z-Series LAD-40E Module .............................................................................................. 50
Figure 14: AWG-40 External Module......................................................................................................... 51
Figure 15: LAD-40E and AWG-40 Installation Example ........................................................................... 51
Figure 16: LAD-2P LGX Passive Module .................................................................................................. 52
Figure 17: LAD-2G LGX Passive Module ................................................................................................. 52
Figure 18: LAD-2P Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 53
Figure 19: LAD-2G Block Diagram ........................................................................................................... 53
Figure 20: LAD-4 Block Diagram .............................................................................................................. 53
Figure 21: LAD-4A Block Diagram ........................................................................................................... 54
Figure 22: LAD-8 Block Diagram .............................................................................................................. 54
Figure 23: LAD-8i Block Diagram ............................................................................................................. 54
Figure 24: LAD-8A Block Diagram ........................................................................................................... 54
Figure 25: LAD-8E Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 55

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 17


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Figure 26: LAD-8X Block Diagram ........................................................................................................... 55


Figure 27: LAD-40 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 55
Figure 28: LAD-40E Block Diagram .......................................................................................................... 56
Figure 29: Cyan Z-Series DTM-8 Module .................................................................................................. 61
Figure 30: DTM-8 Functional Block Diagram............................................................................................ 61
Figure 31: DTM-8G Functional Block Diagram ......................................................................................... 61
Figure 32: Z-Series 2.5G-LME4 Module .................................................................................................... 66
Figure 33: Z-Series 2.5G-LME4 Functional Block Diagram ...................................................................... 66
Figure 34: Z-Series PME-412 Module ........................................................................................................ 69
Figure 35: PME-412 Functional Block Diagram ........................................................................................ 69
Figure 36: Z-Series PME-216i Module ....................................................................................................... 75
Figure 37: PME-216i Functional Block Diagram ....................................................................................... 75
Figure 38: PSW-10G10 Functional Block Diagram ................................................................................... 82
Figure 39: Typical Extended Switch Configuration with PSW-10G10 Line Cards.................................... 82
Figure 40: PSW-618 Functional Block Diagram ........................................................................................ 87
Figure 41: Typical Extended Switch Configuration with PSW-618 Line Cards ........................................ 87
Figure 42: Z77 TSW-10G10 Module .......................................................................................................... 91
Figure 43: TSW-10G10 Configuration Example ........................................................................................ 91
Figure 44: Z77 Aggregation Comparison Using TSW-10G10 Line Cards ................................................. 92
Figure 45: Cyan Z-Series LAC-8 Module ................................................................................................... 94
Figure 46: LAC-8 Block Diagram............................................................................................................... 94
Figure 47: LAC-4P Wiring Example .......................................................................................................... 97
Figure 48: SFT-8 Module ............................................................................................................................ 98
Figure 49: SFT-8 Module Trunk and Client Interfaces ............................................................................... 98
Figure 50: Z-Series SFT-10G16 Module .................................................................................................. 102
Figure 51: SFT-10G16 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... 103
Figure 52: Z-Series DTM-100G Transponder Module ............................................................................. 105
Figure 53: DTM-100G Transponder and OTN Functional Block Diagram .............................................. 106
Figure 54: DTM-100G Transponder Block Diagram ................................................................................ 106
Figure 55: Cyan Z-Series MSE-1482 Module........................................................................................... 110
Figure 56: MSE-1482 Trunk and Client Interfaces ................................................................................... 110
Figure 57: MSE-1482 Any-to-Any Cross-Connect Capabilities............................................................... 111
Figure 58: MSE-1482 Path (UPSR or SNCP) and Line Protection .......................................................... 112
Figure 59: FLX-216i Trunk and Client Interfaces .................................................................................... 116
Figure 60: WSS-402 and WSS-404 Wavelength Selective Switch Modules ............................................ 120

P a g e 18 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Figure 61: AWG-40 External Module....................................................................................................... 121


Figure 62: Z77 Shelf, WSS-402, DTM-8, and AWG-40 Two-Degree Configuration Example............... 121
Figure 63: WSS-402 AMP Optical RX and TX Paths .............................................................................. 122
Figure 64: OFX-4 Module External Optical Fabric Cross-Connect....................................................... 122
Figure 65: WSS-404 Four-Degree Optical Switching............................................................................... 123
Figure 66: WSS-402 DWDM Diagram ..................................................................................................... 125
Figure 67: Z77 BTM ................................................................................................................................. 131
Figure 68: Ring Closure Module (RCM) .................................................................................................. 135
Figure 69: Z77 with XC-2800 (Rear View) .............................................................................................. 136
Figure 70: Optical protection Group Configuration Example ................................................................... 139
Figure 71: OPS 1+1 Protection ................................................................................................................. 141
Figure 72: Local/Remote Switch on Control Module ............................................................................... 142
Figure 73: LAD-2P Block Diagram .......................................................................................................... 146
Figure 74: LAD-2G Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 146
Figure 75: LAD-8E Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) Control Points ................................................. 147
Figure 76: LAD-8X VOA Control Points ................................................................................................. 148
Figure 77: LAD-40E VOA Control Points................................................................................................ 150
Figure 78: Four-Wave 10G Transport Application with LAD-4/LAD-4A ............................................... 155
Figure 79: Eight-Wave 10G Transport Application with LAD-8/A/E/i/X................................................ 156
Figure 80: OC-48/STM-16 Transport ....................................................................................................... 158
Figure 81: Application with a Pair of PME Modules Each PME Supports Two 10 GbE Trunks.......... 159
Figure 82: Z-Series 10G Ring with a Single PME Module....................................................................... 160
Figure 83: Multiservice Lambda Transport OEO ..................................................................................... 162
Figure 84: Z77 Multiservice Lambda Transport OEO .............................................................................. 163
Figure 85: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Application ................................................................................ 165
Figure 86: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Functionality - Route Diversity................................................. 166
Figure 87: MSE-1482 Path Cross-Connect Application ........................................................................... 167
Figure 88: MSE-1482 Path Level Capability ............................................................................................ 167
Figure 89: MSE-1482 Ethernet over SONET Application........................................................................ 168
Figure 90: WSS-402 Network Configuration / Regeneration ................................................................... 169
Figure 91: Z22 - Aggregation, Transport, and Edge Access ..................................................................... 170
Figure 92: Z22, Z33, and Z77 Collector Rings ......................................................................................... 171
Figure 93: Z22 Collector Ring Node Configuration ................................................................................. 171
Figure 94: FLX-216i Point-to-Point Configuration .................................................................................. 172
Figure 95: FLX-216i Ring Topology, Single-Card Configuration............................................................ 172

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 19


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Figure 96: FLX-216i Ring Topology, Two-Card Configuration .............................................................. 173


Figure 97: Z77 Fuse Assignment for Fan Module .................................................................................... 178
Figure 98: Z77 Shelf Fuse Assignment for Fan Modules ......................................................................... 179
Figure 99: Single Physical LAN Example ................................................................................................ 182
Figure 100: Collocated Planet Operate Server Example ........................................................................... 183
Figure 101: Non-Collated Planet Operate Server Example....................................................................... 184
Figure 102: Multiple Physical LANs Example ......................................................................................... 185
Figure 103: Collocated Planet Operate Server Sharing Same LAN as the Gateway Cyan Node ............. 186
Figure 104: Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes ............................ 187
Figure 105: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server and Gateway Node Separated by One or More Routers . 188
Figure 106: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes .................... 190
Figure 107: Collocated Planet Operate Server and Cyan Nodes ............................................................... 192
Figure 108: Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes ............................ 194
Figure 109: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server and Cyan Nodes Separated by a Router .................. 195
Figure 110: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes .................... 197
Figure 111: Linear Chain Slot and Line Card Assignments................................................................... 201
Figure 112: Typical Z33 and Z77 Ring Configuration ............................................................................. 202
Figure 113: Ring Configuration with WSS-402 Cards Only in a Node Site ............................................. 203

P a g e 20 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

New in this Release


New in this Release
This release of the Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide describes the following new features:
BOSS2 shelf control card. The BOSS2 supports enhanced packet scalability, including support for
more than 500 Flow Domains. The BOSS2 card is recommended for Z77 shelves configured with
the XC-2800 switch fabric modules. Refer to Broadband Operating System Supervisor.
PSW-10G10 10-port 10 GbE packet switch module. Refer to PSW-10G10 Packet Module starting
on page 82.
PSW-618 24-port Ethernet switching and transport module. Refer to PSW-618 Packet Module
starting on page 87.
In this Release, the DTM-100G line card supports an OTU4 client-side interface. The interface
supports 100G wavelength regeneration applications and future LME transport applications. The
client side of the DTM-100G module accepts either 100 GbE or OTU4 (GFEC) and re-maps the
client into an OTU4 on the line side.

New in Release 4.3


Release 4.3 of the Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide includes the following new feature:
FLX-216i is a multi-rate OTN muxponder I-Temp module. Refer to FLX-216i Multi-Rate OTN
Muxponder Module starting on page 116.

New in Release 4.2


Release 4.2 of the Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide includes the following new features:
DTM-100G 100Gbps dual-slot transponder module with configurable OTU4 mapping. Refer to
DTM-100G Transponder Module starting on page 105.
MSE-1482 line cards can be installed in a Z77 shelf or a Z77 shelf v2 supported by the XC-2800
switch fabric. The XC-2800 switch fabric module supports the MSE-1482 in a standalone
muxponder configuration. However, the XC-2800 switch fabric module does not support
MSE-1482 card-to-card backplane cross-connections or protection.

Intended audience
The primary audience for this guide includes network planners and engineers, and other personnel
responsible for planning and engineering carrier networks. It is also a guide for personnel involved in
configuring, administrating, and operating the Cyan Z-Series shelves and third-party equipment. It assumes
you have an understanding of standard telecom terminology and practices.
The guide provides information about system features, engineering guidelines, optical design,
configurations, applications, and technical specifications for the Cyan Z-Series platform: the Cyan Z22
shelf, the Cyan Z33 shelf, and the Cyan Z77 shelf.

Note: In this guide, "Z33" refers to the Cyan standard C-Temp Z33 shelf and the Z33 I-Temp
shelf. "Z77" refers to the Cyan Z77 and Z77 shelf v2.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 21


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Related documentation
The Cyan documentation suite related to Planet Operate, optical and packet transport, and the Z22, Z33,
Z77, L-AMP shelves, and managing third-party equipment consists of:
Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide
Cyan Z77 Installation and Safety Guide
Cyan Z33 Installation and Safety Guide
Cyan Z22 Installation and Safety Guide
Cyan L-AMP Installation and Safety Guide
Planet Operate User Guide
Cyan Packet Switching User Guide
Troubleshooting and Maintenance Guide
Cyan Optical Protection Switch User Guide
Planet View User Guide
TL-1 Reference Command Guide
CLI Reference Command Guide
CyAlliance Support Documentation (available through Cyan Central / CyLibrary at
https://central.cyaninc.com)

Note: In this guide, the terms "shelf," "chassis," "node," "system," "Network Element" and
"platform" may be used to refer to the Cyan Z22, Z33, and Cyan Z77 shelves. In this guide, the
terms "unit," "device," "shelf," "Network Element," "node,"and "system" may be used to refer to
the Cyan L-AMP shelf.

P a g e 22 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Chapter 1:
Cyan Z-Series Shelves
This section describes the Cyan Z-Series platform: the Cyan Z22, Z33, Z77 shelves and the L-AMP shelf.

In This Chapter
Cyan Z22 Shelf........................................................................................23
Cyan Z33 Shelf........................................................................................29
Cyan Z77 Shelf v2...................................................................................37
Cyan L-AMP Shelf..................................................................................42

1.1 Cyan Z22 Shelf


The Cyan Z22 Industrial Temperature (I-Temp) shelf is a compact, cost-effective member of the Z-Series
multi-layer transport networking platforms. The Z22 shelf assembly is a 2 RU chassis offered as a +24 volt
DC model and a -48 volt DC model.
The Z22 system is optimized for edge and access node applications. Z22 deployments enable service
providers to scale packet services, leverage existing services and infrastructure. It optimizes their networks
with multi-layer networking using integrated 10G DWDM transport with planned 100G capacity modules.
A Z22 shelf equipped with Z-Series trunk-side PME-216i modules can be configured to support a variety of
network functions, including:
Outside Plant (OSP) cabinet deployments
Packet switch providing advanced Layer 2 Ethernet services, access grooming and
connection-oriented Ethernet
Carrier-grade SLA transport performance with Y.1731 OAM capability
Advanced aggregation and MEF services (EPL, EVPL, E-LAN, and E-VLAN).
Integrated G.709 OTN/DWDM mapping (OTU2) for enhanced performance and management
Multi-channel DWDM with full optical add/drop multiplexing
Gigabit Ethernet services
OEO switching

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 23


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Front View

Fan Module
PME-216i Modules

CEMi LAD-2P Module

Rear View

Power
Timing

iLAN Interface
Alarms
Management
Interface

Figure 1: Front and Rear View of the Z22 -48V Shelf Layout

Note: The iLAN interface on the rear of the Z22 chassis is reserved for future use.

1.1.1 Z22 Shelf Description


The Z22 I-Temp system employs advanced technologies, with high-density modularity in a compact 2 RU
high, 19" (48.26 cm) wide chassis. Optimized for low entry costs, the Z22 shelf has two horizontal service
module slots and two common equipment slots supporting advanced services and network topologies.
Line card (module) slots: 2
Common control module slots: 2 (A and B)
Note: If the Z22 shelf is configured with an in-chassis LAD-2P or LAD-2G module, the module
must be installed in common control slot B.
1+1 equipment protection
ITU timing
All front access line cards and card interface connections
All Z-Series modules are hot-swappable
Power connectors: Dual-feed Quick-Connect Terminal Block
Alarm connectors: Quick-Connect Terminal Block
Management connectivity: RJ-45 (10/100/1000Base-T)
All shelf components are modular and can be removed and replaced in the field. This provides full
serviceability and a simple upgrade path for future expansion. Each Z22 shelf ships with the following
items:
(1) Front protective shield
(1) Cable management guide
(2) 10-position plug terminal block, 3.81 mm, 1628 AWG
(2) 4-position plug terminal block, 3.81 mm, 1628 AWG
(1) Ground cable
(1) Power cable assembly
(1) Fan module
(1) Fan air filter

P a g e 24 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Z22 shelves should be installed in accordance with the Cyan Z22 Installation and Safety Guide. This will
ensure correct installation of modules, all associated wire management, power and grounding requirements,
and related components.

Redundancy and Protection


Redundant fans
Redundant power connections
Equipment Protection: 1:1 for all common cards and service modules
Carrier Ethernet Protection:
IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation
IEEE 802.3Qay Path Protection
ITU-T G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection
SONET/SDH Protection:
1+1 APS/MSP
UPSR/SNCP

1.1.2 Z22 Card Installation Guidelines


Z22 shelf slot restrictions and line card placement guidelines are shown in the tables below. CEMi controller
cards can only be installed in slots A and B. If deploying the in-chassis LAD-2P or LAD-2G module, you
must install the LAD module in slot B.

+24V Z22 Shelf


The PME-216i +24V I-Temp line card is identical in function to the -48V I-Temp PME-216i line card, but is
designed to operate in 24-volt applications supported by the Z22 +24V model. Voltage range for the +24
Volt PME-216i line card is 18 to 30 Vdc.
Slots
Line Cards
A B 1 2
CEMi X X
LAD-2P or LAD-2G X
PME-216i (+24V) X X

Important! At least one PME-216i line card must be installed in slots 1 and/or 2 of the
+24V Z22 shelf to act as the shelf manager.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 25


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

-48V Z22 Shelf


Slots
Line Cards
A B 1 2
CEMi X X
LAD-2P or LAD-2G X
PME-216i (-48V) X X
PME-412 X X
MSE-1482 X X
SFT-8 X X
2.5G-LME4 X X
SFT-10G16 X X
DTM-8 / DTM-8G X X
DTM-100G X X
FLX-216i X X
WSS-402 X X
WSS-404 X X

Important! At least one Z-Series line card must be installed in slots 1 and/or 2 of the -48V
Z22 shelf to act as the shelf manager.

Note: A dual-slot DTM-100G line card installed in slots 1 and 2 does NOT provide shelf manager
redundancy.

1.1.3 CEMi Controller Card: +24 Volt


The CEMi +24V model is identical in function to the -48V CEMi controller card, but is designed to operate
in 24-volt applications supported by the Z22 +24V shelf model. Voltage range for the +24 volt CEMi card is
18 to 30 Vdc.
For CEMi controller card feature details and specifications, see Common Equipment Module (CEMi)
starting on page 33.

1.1.4 Z22 Physical


Height: 3.5" / 88.9 mm (2 RU)
Width: 19.00" / 483 mm
Depth: 14.85" / 377 mm
Weight: 15 lbs. / 6.8 kg (with 2 CEMi cards and fan tray)
Operating temperature: -40F to +149F / -40C to +65C (I-Temp)

P a g e 26 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.1.5 Z22 External Timing


The Z22 system supports the following timing inputs/outputs used for network synchronization:
2 T1/E1 outputs
2 T1/E1 inputs
The timing inputs and outputs are accessed through an 8-position pluggable terminal block on the rear side
of the Z22 chassis.
The following table shows the external timing connector pinouts:
Pin Description
1 T1/E1 TX1_+ (Output)
2 T1/E1 TX1_- (Output)
3 T1/E1 RX1_+ (Input)
4 T1/E1 RX1_- (Input)
1 T1/E1 TX2_+ (Output)
2 T1/E1 TX2_- (Output)
3 T1/E1 RX2_+ (Input)
4 T1/E1 RX2_- (Input)

1.1.6 Z22 Alarms


The Z22 platform supports system and environmental alarms. System alarms include Critical, Major,
Minor, and Failsafe. The environmental alarms include 4 inputs and 2 outputs. Alarms are accessed through
a combination 20-position pluggable terminal block on the rear side of the Z22 chassis.

NO +
CRIT IN1
C COM
NO +
MAJ IN2
C COM
NO +
MIN IN3 ALARMS
C COM

NC +
FAIL IN4
C COM

NO NO
OUT2 OUT1
C C

Figure 2: Z22 System and Environmental Alarms Connection

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 27


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The following table shows the connector pinouts for the system and environmental alarms:
Pin Description Pin Description
1 CRIT_NO 1 IN1_+
2 CRIT_C 2 IN1_COM
3 MAJ_NO 3 IN2_+
4 MAJ_C 4 IN2_COM
5 MIN_NO 5 IN3_+
6 MIN_C 6 IN3_COM
7 FAIL_NC 7 IN4_+
8 FAIL_C 8 IN4_COM
9 OUT2_NO 9 OUT1_NO
10 OUT2_C 10 OUT1_C

For details on configuring environmental alarms, see the Cyan Z-Series Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Guide.

1.1.7 Z22 Shelf Power


Feeds: 2 1-A & 1-B
Voltage range: -48V Configuration -40 to -60 Vdc Guaranteed Operation
+24V Configuration 18 to 30 Vdc Guaranteed Operation
Max voltage: -/+100 Vdc Non-operational, no damage
Max current: -48V Configuration 10 Amps
+24V Configuration 20 Amps

Note: Use Planet Design as a guideline based on the total configured system current draw.
You must size fuses according to NEC standards or local site practice.

P a g e 28 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.2 Cyan Z33 Shelf


The Cyan Z33 Industrial Temperature (I-Temp), 400 Gbps packet-optical transport shelf is a compact,
cost-effective member of the Z-Series multi-layer transport networking platforms. The system provides
multi-layer add/drop multiplexing (MADM) and transport functions in one fully integrated system. The
systems shared mesh protection provides full protection and sub-50 ms restoration for all services.
The Z33 shelf is a smaller version of the Z77 chassis intended for lower capacity and more cost-sensitive
edge applications. Z33 deployments enable service providers to scale packet services, leverage existing
services and infrastructure. It also optimizes their networks with multi-layer networking using 2.5G CWDM
and 10G DWDM transport.
A Z33 system equipped with Z-Series interchangeable trunk-side modules can be configured to support a
variety of network functions, including:
Fully Reconfigurable Optical Add Drop Multiplexer (ROADM) with Optical-Optical-Optical
(OOO) switching and optical pass-through.
Standalone SONET or SDH aggregation and transport.
Packet switching providing advanced Layer 2 Ethernet services, access grooming and connection
oriented Ethernet.
Efficient G.709 OTN grooming of the above services on to 10G multiservice wavelengths.
Multi-channel DWDM with full optical add/drop multiplexing.
CWDM channels of up to eight 2.5G wavelengths.
Aggregation, grooming and STS-1 level switching of SONET/SDH and GbE services from existing
Ethernet switches, routers, DSLAMs, DLC/BLCs and third-party products.
Transponding Gigabit Ethernet and OC-3/12/48 SONET STM-1/4/16 SDH services.
Any combination of the above.

Fan Module

Fan Filter

CEMi A CEMi B

Front View

Power

System Alarms

Environmental Alarms

Timing
Management Interface

Rear View
Figure 3: Z33 Front and Rear Shelf Layout

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 29


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Utilizing GbE and 10GbE switching and transport, the Z33 platform provides 2.5G CWDM transport, 10G
DWDM transport, OTN digital wrapper functionality, and multi-layer optimization and management.
The Z33, with a WSS-402 or WSS-404 module installed and paired with a passive AWG-40 optical patch
panel, provides a full ROADM with OOO switching and optical pass through. The WSS-402 provides 2
degrees and the WSS-404 provides 4 degrees of 40-wavelength cross-connect capacity in a single Z33 shelf.
Each WSS module provides optical add/drop multiplexing capability in the 1550nm band across
pre-defined ITU channel designations with 100 GHz spacing.
The shelf is optimized for edge and access node applications. The 5 RU chassis with six line card slots and
two common equipment modules can be equipped with any combination of Ethernet, CWDM, and DWDM
line cards to support a range of advanced services and applications. Further scalability is accomplished by
simply adding additional Z33 shelves or by redeploying interchangeable Z33 line cards into the
larger-capacity Z77 platform for increased aggregation and grooming.
The Z33 shelf provides the following key features:
Supports 1 to 40 lambda 10G waves in ITU grid 100 GHz DWDM channel spacing.
Supports CWDM (20nm spacing) capability with the addition of the LAC-8 module.
Supports addition of 2.5G waves using SFT-8 modules.
Supports 2-degree (East/West) configurations (WSS-402) or 4-degree (North/South/East/West)
configurations (WSS-404).
6 service slots, 2 Common Equipment Module (CEMi) slots (A and B).
All Z-Series modules are hot-swappable.
Over 100 Gbps per slot capacity.
Service cards are common with the Z-Series platform. The CEMi controller cards are specific to the
Z33 and Z22 chassis.
The card/slot restrictions are as follows:
Slots 1 and 2 must be the first slots that are occupied in the chassis.
Slots 1 and 2 must contain a line card with management processing capability. These line cards
include: 2.5G-LME4, PME-412, PME-216i, DTM-8, DTM-8G, DTM-100G, SFT-8, SFT-10G16,
MSE-1482, WSS-402, and WSS-404 but not any LAD or LAC-8 modules.

Chassis Capacity
Packet: Up to 240 Gbps of protected services
Optical:
4-degree, 40-channel ROADM
4, 8, or 40 channel, C-Band Terminal Mux
Tunable or Fixed wavelength transceiver options

Redundancy and Protection


Redundant fans
Redundant power connections
Equipment Protection: 1:1 for all common cards and service modules

P a g e 30 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Carrier Ethernet Protection:


IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation
IEEE 802.3Qay Path Protection
ITU-T G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection
SONET/SDH Protection:
1+1 APS/MSP
UPSR/SNCP

1.2.1 Z33 Shelf Description


The Cyan Z33 I-Temp system employs advanced technologies, with high-density modularity in a compact
5 RU high, 19" (48.26 cm) wide chassis. Optimized for low entry costs, the Z33 shelf has six horizontal
service module slots and two common equipment slots supporting a wide range of advanced services and
network topologies.
Line card (module) slots: 6
Common control module slots: 2 (A and B)
1+1 equipment protection
ITU timing
All front access line cards and card interface connections
Power connectors: Dual-feed Quick-Connect Terminal Block
Alarm connectors: Quick-Connect Terminal Block
Management connectivity: RJ-45 (10/100/1000Base-T)
All shelf components are modular and can be removed and replaced in the field. This provides full
serviceability and a simple upgrade path for future expansion. Each Z33 shelf ships with following items:
(1) Front protective shield
(1) Cable management guide
(3) 12-position plug terminal block, 3.5 mm, 1628 AWG
(1) Ground cable
(1) Power cable assembly
(1) Fan module
(1) Fan air filter
Z33 shelves should be installed in accordance with the Cyan Z33 Installation and Safety Guide. This will
ensure correct installation of modules, all associated wire management, power and grounding requirements,
and related components.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 31


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.2.2 Z33 Line Card Configuration Guidelines


Z33 slot restrictions and line card placement guidelines are shown in the table below. Note that slots A and
B are reserved for the Common Equipment Modules (CEMis) and are not shown in the table. Card pairs,
where applicable, can be installed in slot 1/2, 3/4, and 5/6.
Slots *
Line Cards
1 2 3 4 5 6
2.5G-LME4 X X X X X X
DTM-8 X X X X X X
DTM-8G X X X X X X
DTM-100G X X X X X X
PME-216i X X X X X X
PME-412 X X X X X X
SFT-8 X X X X X X
SFT-10G16 X X X X X X
MSE-1482 X X X X X X
FLX-216i X X X X X X
WSS-402 X X X X X X
WSS-404 X X X X X X
LAD-4 X X X X
LAD-4A X X X X
LAD-8 X X X X
LAD-8A X X X X
LAD-8E X X X X
LAD-8i X X X X
LAD-8X X X X X
LAD-40 X X X X
LAD-40E X X X X
LAC-8 X X X X

* Shading indicates paired slots for applicable line cards.

At least one of the following line cards must be installed in slots 1 and/or 2 of the Z33 shelf:
2.5G-LME4 PME-216i MSE-1482
DTM-8 PME-412 WSS-402
DTM-8G SFT-8 WSS-404
SFT-10G16 FLX-216i DTM-100G

When installed in slots 1 and/or 2, these cards also act as shelf managers.

P a g e 32 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.2.3 Common Equipment Module (CEMi)


The CEMi I-Temp controller card provides the timing subsystem, telco alarms, inventory management, fan
control, active/standby arbitration, and an integrated DCN for the Z22 and Z33 shelves.
Power: 8 watts typical, 10 watts maximum
Weight: 0.96 lbs. / 435 grams
Height: 5.8" / 147 mm
Depth: 11.5" / 292 mm
Width: .9" / 23 mm
Timing: Stratum 3
Four Ethernet interfaces:
Craft: 1 x 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45
iLAN: 2 x 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45
DCN: 1 x 100Base-FX SFP
The Data Communication Network (DCN) 100Base-FX SFP port provides an optional method for
supporting DCN management connectivity to the node.
The iLAN Ethernet interfaces provide DCN connectivity and make use of OSPF routing (iLAN to iLAN
connection). The ports are typically connected to an Ethernet switch used for management networking. The
iLAN ports can also provide IP access to secondary shelves (Z22, Z77, and other Z33 nodes). For a
description of the Z77 iLAN ports, see BOSS Termination Module starting on page 131.

Figure 4: CEMi Controller Card

Note: A CEMi I-Temp controller card and a standard CEM C-Temp controller card can be
co-located in the same Z33 shelf.

Important! Multiple connections from a single CEMi controller card to different


far-end CEMi controller cards is supported in both point-to-point and ring topologies.
However, multiple connections between the Ethernet ports (fiber or copper) of two
CEMi controller cards in the same shelf should be avoided as this can result in an
inadvertent Ethernet loop that could severely impact the performance of the system.

CEMi iLAN, DCN, and MSE-1482 Connectivity Options


The CEMi iLAN and DCN ports, in combination with the MSE-1482 line card, provide several connectivity
options and features depending on the application requirements and system configuration. Two example
configurations are described below.
When used with MSE-1482 line cards, the CEMi controller cards can provide management transport
connectivity instead of installing LAD modules which are typically configured to provide the shelf
connectivity. The CEMi controller card iLAN port provides the transport connectivity between MSE-1482
line cards installed at adjacent node locations.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 33


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The figure below shows an example of connecting the CEMi iLAN port in slot A to an MSE-1482 GbE
copper port in slot 2 and the CEMi iLAN port in slot B to an MSE-1482 GbE port in slot 1. The MSE-1482
line card 10G OTN trunk interfaces integrate the CEMi with 10G traffic.
Communication is supported by connecting the CEMi iLAN port to a 1GE port on the MSE-1482 line card
as shown in the figure below. The MSE-1482 line card transports the traffic via Ethernet over SONET (EoS)
to a gateway node where the traffic is dropped locally to the customers management network.
To Outside Fiber Plant To Outside Fiber Plant

MSE-1482 10G OTN MSE-1482 1000Base-F


Fiber Ports Copper Ports

CEMi iLAN Port CEMi iLAN Port


Slot A Slot B

Figure 5: CEMi and MSE-1482 Configuration - Traffic via EoS

The next figure shows an example of using two CEMi controller cards and two MSE-1482 line cards to
transport management traffic to a gateway node via a dedicated wavelength that is multiplexed using the
passive WDM Module 1310/1550nm LGX. At the gateway node the wavelength is de-muxed and the
management traffic dropped locally to the customers management network.
To Outside Fiber Plant To Outside Fiber Plant

Common 1310 1550 Common 1310 1550 Common 1310 1550

MSE-1482 10G OTN


Fiber Ports

CEMi DCN Port CEMi DCN Port


Slot A Slot B

Figure 6: CEMi and MSE-1482 DCN Configuration Option

P a g e 34 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Physical connections in this example configuration are as follows:


1. Connect the CEMi DCN port in slot A to the 1550nm port of the WDM Module 1310/1550nm LGX.
2. Connect the CEMi DCN port in slot B to the 1550nm port of the WDM Module 1310/1550nm LGX.
3. Connect the MSE-1482 10G OTN fiber port in slot 1 to the 1310nm port of the WDM Module
1310/1550nm LGX.
4. Connect the MSE-1482 10G OTN fiber port in slot 2 to the 1310nm port of the WDM Module
1310/1550nm LGX.
5. Connect the outside plant fiber to the common port of the WDM Module 1310/1550nm LGX.
6. Connect the outside plant fiber to the common port of the WDM Module 1310/1550nm LGX.
For details on provisioning the CEMi DCN and the MSE-1482 10G OTN fiber port, see the Planet Operate
User Guide.
The WDM Module 1310/1550nm LGX is installed in an LGX shelf. For details on installing the LGX shelf
and LGX-compatible modules, see the Cyan Z33 Installation and Safety Guide or the Cyan Z77 Installation
and Safety Guide.

CEMi Specifications
Power consumption: 8 Watts (typical), 10 Watts (maximum)
Weight: 0.96 lbs. / 435 grams
Height: 5.8" / 147 mm
Depth: 11.5" / 292 mm
Width: 0.9" / 23 mm
Timing: Stratum 3
Craft: 1 x 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45
iLAN: 2 x 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45
Management: 1 x 100Base-FX SFP
Operating temperature: -40F to +149F / -40C to +65C (I-Temp)

1.2.4 Z33 Timing


The Z33 system supports the following timing inputs/outputs used for network synchronization:
Two DS1/E1 outputs (ITU G.707, Telcordia GR-440)
Two DS1/E1 inputs (ITU G.707, Telcordia GR-440)
Two CC/2M inputs (ITU G.707)
The timing inputs and outputs are accessed through a 12-position pluggable terminal block on the rear side
of the Z33 chassis. The following table shows the external timing connector pinouts:
Pin Description

1 T1/E1 TX1_+ (Output)

2 T1/E1 TX1_- (Output)


3 T1/E1 TX2_+ (Output)
4 T1/E1 TX2_- (Output)
5 T1/E1 RX1_+ (Input
6 T1/E1 RX1_- (Input)

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 35


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Pin Description

7 T1/E1 RX2_+ (Input)


8 T1/E1 RX2_- (Input)
9 CC/2M RX1_+ (Input)
10 CC/2M RX1_- (Input)
11 CC/2M RX2_+ (Input)
12 CC/2M RX2_- (Input)

1.2.5 Z33 Alarms


The Z33 platform supports system and environmental alarms. System alarms include Critical, Major,
Minor, Audible, Failsafe, and ACO. The environmental alarms include 4 inputs and 2 outputs. Alarms are
accessed through a 12-position pluggable terminal block on the rear side of the Z33 chassis.
The following table shows the connector pinouts for the system and environmental alarms:
System Alarm Connector Pinout Environmental Alarm Connector Pinout

Pin Description Pin Description


1 CRIT_NO 1 OUT1_NO

2 CRIT_C 2 OUT1_C
3 MAJ_NO 3 OUT2_NO
4 MAJ_C 4 OUT2_C
5 MIN_NO 5 IN1_+
6 MIN_C 6 IN1_COM
7 AUD_NO 7 IN2_+
8 AUD_C 8 IN2_COM
9 FAIL_NC 9 IN3_+
10 FAIL_C 10 IN3_COM
11 ACO_+ 11 IN4_+
12 ACO_COM 12 IN4_COM

For details on configuring environmental alarms, see the Troubleshooting and Maintenance Guide.

1.2.6 Z33 Shelf Power


Feeds: 2 1-A & 1-B
Voltage range: -40 to -60 Vdc Guaranteed Operation
Max voltage: -/+100 Vdc Non-operational, no damage
Max current: 24 Amps

Note: Use Planet Design as a guideline based on the total configured system current draw.
You must size fuses according to NEC standards or local site practice.

P a g e 36 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.2.7 Z33 Physical


Height: 8.75" / 222 mm (5 RU)
Width: 19.00" / 483 mm
Depth: 14.85" / 377 mm
Weight: 27 lbs. / 12.25 kg (chassis, 2 x CEMi cards, and fan tray)
Operating temperature: -40F to +149F / -40C to +65C (I-Temp)

1.3 Cyan Z77 Shelf v2


Equipped with an optimized-mesh Optical Transport Network (OTN) switching fabric, the Cyan Z77
platform provides high performance for multiple traffic types. Z77 systems support real-time, streaming and
large bandwidth services by optimizing optical and packet layers for flexible multi-service transport ranging
from Metro Ethernet, to SONET/SDH, and wavelength services. The Z77 shared mesh protection provides
full protection and sub-50 ms restoration for all services.
The Z77 chassis utilizes a mid-plane architecture and provides sixteen line card slots. All chassis
components (including the Operations Panel) are modular and can be removed or replaced in the field. This
provides full serviceability and a simple upgrade path for future expansion. Line cards for management,
DWDM, CWDM, and client services insert in the sixteen front slots. All Z-Series modules are
hot-swappable.
Up to three Z77 shelves can be installed into a typical seven-foot equipment rack. All system functionalities
are modular so that each node has the optimal mix of optical bandwidth, service interfaces, and service
aggregation/grooming.
Z77 shelf v2 configurations range from dense optical-optical-optical (OOO) all optical junctions, to
optical-electrical-optical (OEO)-based aggregation and grooming nodes and small flexible OOO/OEO
hybrid nodes at access locations. The Z77 platform can scale from small spurs and access rings to dense
optical thoroughfares and head-end locations.

Front Rear
Operations
Panel Power

RCMs

Rear Filler Plate

Air Filter Tray


BTM
Fan Modules

Figure 7: Z77 Shelf v2 Front and Rear Views

The Z77, with a WSS-402 or WSS-404 module installed and paired with a passive AWG-40 optical patch
panel, provides a full ROADM with Optical-Optical-Optical (OOO) switching and optical pass through.
The WSS-402 provides 2 degrees and the WSS-404 provides 4 degrees of 40-wavelength cross-connect
capacity in a single shelf. Each WSS module provides optical add/drop multiplexing capability in the
1550nm band across pre-defined ITU channel designations with 100 GHz spacing.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 37


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Each Z77 shelf v2 ships with following items:


(1) Operations Panel
(1) Fan Filter
(2) Fan Modules
(2) -48V Power Entry Modules (PEMs)
Front and Rear cable management trays and covers as required
Air Management Boards (AMBs)
Note that each shelf is shipped with enough AMBs for all unused openings in the chassis.
(4) Rear Closure Modules (RCMs) or (4) XC-2800 switch fabric modules
RCMs or the XC-2800 switch fabric are required for PME-412, PME-216i, and/or 2.5G-LME4
applications. For example, ODU1 express cross-connects between a pair of 2.5G-LME4 line cards
or LAG member ports between a pair of PME line cards. RCMs are required for MSE-1482 (MSE
cross-card connections, pass-through traffic, and SONET/SDH protection groups) applications. For
additional information on the RCMs, see Ring Closure Modules starting on page 135.
MSE-1482 line cards can be installed in a Z77 shelf supported by the XC-2800 switch fabric. The
XC-2800 switch fabric module provides supports the MSE-1482 in a standalone muxponder
configuration. However, the XC-2800 switch fabric module does not support MSE-1482
card-to-card backplane cross-connections or protection.
To support the TSW-10G10, PSW-10G10, and PSW-618 line cards, the Z77 shelf must be
configured with XC-2800 switch fabric modules. For additional information, see XC-2800 Switch
Fabric starting on page 135.
Z77 shelves should be installed in accordance with the Cyan Z77 Installation and Safety Guide. This
ensures correct installation of modules, all associated wire management, power and grounding
requirements, and related components.

Note: The Z77 shelf v2 requires CyOS software Release 3.0 or higher. A Z77 shelf configured with
XC-2800 switch fabric modules requires CyOS software Release 4.0 or higher.

Features and Benefits


The Cyan Z77 packet-optical transport platform provides a range of features and benefits:
Flexible platform architecture supports scalability for investment protection, common sparing /
inventory, operational consistency and functionality.
Pair switch cards to support equipment redundancy and increase switch capacity.
Supports up to 2.8 Tbps of non-blocking packet and/or OTN switch capacity with any-to-any packet
cross-connect (switching) for point to multipoint services, grooming and transport efficiency.
4-degree, 40-channel ROADM functionality for OOO capability and network flexibility.
Fixed-wavelength 4, 8, or 40 channel DWDM for economic efficiency.
Over 200 Gbps per slot capacity to support 100G modules.
Multi-layer transport integration provides significant network efficiencies.
Full-mesh passive optical backplane eliminates external patching.
OTN on all trunk connections for enhanced performance and management on all services.

P a g e 38 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Integration across Ethernet, SONET/SDH, COE, OTN and DWDM provides multi-layer
network visibility.
Efficient network planning, design and operation. Resulting network visibility enables
multi-layer A to Z provisioning for fast, reliable service activation per modeled network plans
with Planet Operate.
All Z-Series modules are hot-swappable.

Chassis Capacity
When equipped with the XC-2800 switching fabric, the Z77 supports up to 2.8 Tbps of packet or
OTN switch capacity per shelf, or a concurrent mix of both.
Optical:
4-degree, 40-channel ROADM
4, 8, or 40 channel, C-Band Terminal Mux
Tunable or Fixed wavelength transceiver options

Redundancy and Protection


Redundant fans
Redundant power connections
Equipment protection:
1:1 for all common cards and service modules
1:3 for multi-technology switch fabric modules
Carrier Ethernet Protection:
IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation
IEEE 802.3Qay Path Protection
ITU-T G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection
SONET/SDH Protection:
1+1 APS/MSP
UPSR/SNCP

Power Entry Modules


Each Z77 shelf v2 has dual -48V power supplies located on the rear of the chassis. Each Power Entry
Module (PEM) accepts four feeds for a total of eight feeds. These eight feeds are distributed across the line
card slots in a redundant fashion, so that even if a line card failure shorted two feeds, the rest of the shelf will
still have power.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 39


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.3.1 Z77 Card Installation Guidelines


Z77 slot restrictions and line card placement guidelines are shown in the table below. Note that slots 1 and 2
are reserved for the BOSS/BOSS2 cards and are not shown in the table. Card pairs, where applicable, can be
installed in slots 3/4, 5/6, 7/8, 9/10, 11/12, 13/14, and 15/16.

Slots *
Line Cards
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2.5G-LME4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
DTM-8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
DTM-8G X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
DTM-100G X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-4A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-8A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-8E X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-8i X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-8X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-40 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAD-40E X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LAC-8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PME-412 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PME-216i X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TSW-10G10 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PSW-10G10 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PSW-618 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
SFT-8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
SFT-10G16 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MSE-1482 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
FLX-216i X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
WSS-402 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
WSS-404 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

* Shading indicates paired slots for applicable line cards.


Individual Z-Series line cards are described in Z-Series Line Cards, Modules, and Optics starting on page 47.
For information on recommended slot assignments for LAD modules, WSS modules, and service card pairs, see
Best Practices for Network Configurations starting on page 199.
All modules are hot-swappable.

P a g e 40 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.3.2 Z77 Power


Feeds: 8 4-A & 4-B
Voltage range: -40 to -60 Vdc Guaranteed Operation
Max voltage: -/+100 Vdc Non-operational, no damage
Max current: 96 Amps 24 Amps per feed

For details on Z77 DC power distribution across the shelf slots, see Z77 Fuse Positions and DC Feeds
starting on page 178.

Note: Use Planet Design as a guideline based on the total configured system current draw.
You must size fuses according to NEC standards or local site practice.

1.3.3 Z77 Physical


Height: 22.75" / 577.8 mm (13 RU)
Width: 21.00" / 533.4 mm (23" / 600 mm compatible)
Depth: 21.00" / 533.4 mm
Weight: 98 lbs / 44.5 kg
Common control slots: 2
Line card slots: 14
Fabric slots: 4
Power Entry Modules: 2
Operating temperature: +32F to +122F / 0C to +50C

1.3.4 Z77 Timing


Stratum 3 compliant timing subsystem
Redundant DS1 and 2MHz timing inputs
Derived DS1 timing outputs
Line-timed SONET/SDH support

1.3.5 Z77 Management


4 x 10/100/1000Base-T DCN interfaces
System alarm outputs (Critical, Major, Minor, Audible, Failsafe)
System alarm inputs (ACO)
Two provisionable environmental alarm outputs
Five provisionable environmental alarm inputs

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 41


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.4 Cyan L-AMP Shelf


The Cyan Z-Series Lambda Amplifier (L-AMP) is a fully self-contained 1 RU module that functions as a
bi-directional mid-span optical amplifier / repeater. Each L-AMP shelf supports bi-directional physical
layer amplification of multiple DWDM wavelengths where node-to-node optical spans are greater than
80 kilometers.
Traffic enters the L-AMP shelf from an East or West Cyan node, is appropriately attenuated, and processed
through a high performance two-stage Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) for transmission to an
upstream Cyan Z-Series platform.
The shelf also provides a 1510nm add/drop port to support an Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) carrying
Ethernet traffic for OAM.
The L-AMP shelf has all access on the front. It is designed to fit into 19-inch equipment racks, but has
extension mounting brackets for 23-inch rack installation.

Figure 8: L-AMP Shelf Front View

Connectors on the L-AMP shelf include four types:


System alarm outputs
Environmental alarm inputs and outputs
Ethernet ports (2)
RS-232 port (reserved for future use)
The following table shows the L-AMP connection types, number / detail, and physical connectors:
Connection Type Number Connector
2 Outputs
3 Inputs
Alarms 1 Audible Terminal Block
1 ACO
1 Fail Over

Ethernet
2 RJ-45
(Management and Craft)

RS-232
1 RJ-45
(Reserved for future use)

P a g e 42 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the L-AMP block diagram.

DCF
Out

DCF
In

Variable
1%
RX Optical EDFA TX
Tap Attenuator

1510nm 1510nm
RX Drop Add TX
RX Tap TX Tap
Mon Mon

West East
1510 nm 1510 nm
Optical Optical
West Supervisory
OSC OSC
Supervisory East
SFP SFP
Channel Channel

TX RX
TX Tap RX Tap
Mon 1510nm 1510nm Mon
Drop Add

Variable
1%
TX EDFA Optical RX
Attenuator Tap

DCF
In

DCF
Out

Figure 9: L-AMP Block Diagram

1.4.1 L-AMP Shelf Pinouts


The L-AMP shelf pinouts for the input and output alarms connector are shown in the following tables:
Input Alarms Connector Output Alarms Connector

Pin Description Pin Description

8 IN3_COM 8 FAIL_COM
7 IN3_+ 7 FAIL_NC
6 IN2_COM 6 AUD_COM
5 IN2_+ 5 AUD_NO
4 IN1_COM 4 OUT2_COM
3 IN1_+ 3 OUT2_NO
2 ACO_COM 2 OUT1_COM
1 ACO_+ 1 OUT1_NO

The external alarm inputs and outputs are all software configurable.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 43


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.4.2 L-AMP Interfaces

Ethernet Interfaces
The two Ethernet interfaces provide autosensing 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet connectivity. The Ethernet
ports are labeled MGMT and CRAFT:
MGMT: The shelf management port is used to access the Data Communication Network (DCN)
that is available over the DWDM interfaces. The port is typically connected to an Ethernet switch
used for management networking.
CRAFT: You can connect a laptop PC to the shelf craft port for a direct connection to commission
and recommission the L-AMP module.

Optical Interfaces and Access


4 optical fiber interfaces
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) 100Base-FX Ethernet at 1510nm
Physical: Front access

Optical Specifications
Channels/Frequency
40 C-band optical channels on 100 GHz ITU (1530.33 to 1561.42nm)
1510nm Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) 100Base-FX Ethernet
Minimum BER: 1x10-12
DWDM Power Output
40 Channels
13.0 dBm (-3 dBm per channel)
Laser Safety Class:1
Laser Shutdown\Restart: automatic, ITU-T G.664
Channel Frequency Tolerance: .00052%
Dispersion Compensation: External
Maximum span of 32 dB, supports up to 25 dB of gain
Transmit Power up to 20 dBm
Mid-stage loss support for 0 8.5 dB
Monitor ports about 20 dB lower than the respective TX and RX Line port

Note: The L-AMP supports manual gain tilt control. Gain tilt can occur when channel gain is not
flat upon reaching the optical amplifier. In this situation, higher signals receive more power,
while lower signals receive less power.

P a g e 44 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.4.3 L-AMP OSC Specifications


Frequency: 198.5 THz 1510nm
Data Format: 100Base-FX Ethernet
Maximum TX Power: 5 dBm
Minimum TX Power: -1 dBm
Maximum RX Power: -3 dBm
Minimum RX Power: -33 dBm
OSC Link Budget: 8 32 dB

Note: If you are using CyOS 3.x, RX power at -10 dBm or higher will raise a High RX power
alarm. If you are using CyOS 4.0, RX power at -10 dBm or higher does not raise a High RX power
alarm, but an "Out of Range High" notification will be displayed in Planet Operate in the
Transport Resources tab for the L-AMP OSC.

1.4.4 L-AMP Features


All access on front panel
1 RU x 19 inches wide (with mounting brackets for 23-inch racks)
40ch + OSC: 80 km amplifier
Remotely managed via OSC
Craft interface
Management LAN available for other devices
Four alarm input/output contacts
Mid-stage DCM access and monitor ports
Redundant power
Hot swap fan module (3 x fans)
Managed through Planet Operate, CLI, TL1, and SNMP v2

1.4.5 L-AMP Applications


Extended optical reach of DWDM transport
Management LAN and alarm extension

1.4.6 L-AMP Physical


Height: 1.735" (44.069 mm)
Width: 18.31" (465.074 mm)
Depth: 11.98" (304.29 mm)
Weight: 10 lbs (4.55 kg)

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 45


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

1.4.7 L-AMP Power


Feeds: 4 2-A & 2-B
Voltage Range: -40 to -60 Vdc Guaranteed Operation
Max Voltage: -/+100 Vdc Non-operational, no damage
Power 50 W Typical
Consumption: 80 W Maximum
Max Current: 2 Amps

1.4.8 L-AMP Compliance


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 46 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Chapter 2: Z-Series Line Cards,
Modules, Optics, and Optical
Protection
This section describes each Cyan Z-Series line card, related XFP/SFP transceivers, Z-Series modules,
optical protection groups, and the Optical Protection Switch.
Cyan Z-Series systems provide an effective and economically efficient approach to scaling network
capacity while simplifying planning and operations. Optimized for packet and the transition of TDM to
packet, the Z-Series platforms support advanced Ethernet switching and transport over connection-oriented
Ethernet (COE), SONET/SDH, or wavelengths.
Recognizing the continuing role of TDM in many networks, the Z-Series platform optionally supports
advanced SONET/SDH aggregation and transport functionality. Rounding out support for wholesale,
wavelength services and the need to muxpond and transpond certain services, the Z-Series supports a
complete range of transport requirements. Driven by IPTV, VOD, 2/3/4G wireless backhaul, carrier
Ethernet and scaling Internet services, the Z-Series grooms services into discrete high-capacity 10G
wavelengths. As services scale, the Z-Series platform provides the option to transport multiple 10G
wavelengths per fiber using Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM). The Z-Series DTM-100G
module provides 100G transport services. The DTM-100G is fully compatible with existing Z-Series
DWDM components including LAD modules and WSS ROADM modules. This allows the mixing of 10G
and 100G waves over the same fiber.
Addressing the multi-layer aspect of evolving networks, the Z-Series provides multi-layer add/drop
multiplexing (MADM) and transport functions in one fully integrated system, supporting:
GbE and 10GbE switching and transport
SONET/SDH aggregation and transport
OTN (digital wrapper) functionality
100G DWDM transport
10G DWDM transport
2.5G CWDM transport
Multi-layer optimization and management

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 47


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

OTN-level multiplexing GbE, OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, and OC-48/STM-16 signals into


OTU2 signals
Line cards and modules provide all functionality for the Z-Series nodes. By varying the line cards
selected for a node, a Z-Series shelf is configurable to support a wide range of site requirements.
For additional information and instructions on installing Z-Series line cards, see the Cyan Z22 Installation
and Safety Guide, the Cyan Z33 Installation and Safety Guide, or the Cyan Z77 Installation and Safety
Guide. For information on provisioning Z-Series line cards, see the Planet Operate User Guide or the Cyan
Packet Switching User Guide.

In This Chapter
LAD Modules ..........................................................................................49
DTM-8 and DTM-8G Transponder Modules ..........................................61
2.5G-LME4 Multiplex-Transponder Module..........................................66
PME-412 Packet Multiplexer Module.....................................................69
PME-216i Packet Multiplexer Module ...................................................75
PSW-10G10 Packet Module ...................................................................82
PSW-618 Packet Module ........................................................................87
TSW-10G10 Packet Aggregation and Transport Module .......................91
LAC-8 Lambda Aggregator Module .......................................................94
LAC-4P Lambda Aggregator CWDM Terminal Multiplexer Module ...97
SFT-8 Module Transponder Module .......................................................98
SFT-10G16 Multi-Rate Transponder Module .......................................102
DTM-100G Transponder Module .........................................................105
MSE-1482 Multiservice SONET/SDH Aggregation and Transport .....110
FLX-216i Multi-Rate OTN Muxponder Module ..................................116
WSS-402 and WSS-404 Wavelength Selective Switch Modules .........120
Broadband Operating System Supervisor .............................................129
BOSS Termination Module ...................................................................131
Line Card SYNC LED ..........................................................................134
Ring Closure Modules ...........................................................................135
XC-2800 Switch Fabric .........................................................................135
Optical Protection Groups .....................................................................138
Optical Protection Switch......................................................................141
XFP, SFP, and SFP+ Transceivers ........................................................143

P a g e 48 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.1 LAD Modules


The 2-channel, 4-channel, 8-channel, and 40-channel Cyan Z-Series Lambda Add/Drop (LAD) 100 GHz
modules provide DWDM connectivity using thin film filter technology and optional EDFA amplification.
The modules utilize standard ITU 100 GHz channel spacing. An environmentally hardened 8-channel
module (LAD-8i) is also available for deployments in remote cabinets with the Cyan Z33 I-Temp shelf.
LAD modules provide an Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) 100Base-FX Ethernet management channel.
The purpose of the Ethernet management channel is inter-node communication, but it can also be used to
carry other management traffic from third-party systems if an out-of-band DCN network is required.

Note: The LAD-2P and LAD-2G modules, deployed in Z22 systems, do not provide an OSC. In Z22
configurations, the PME-216i line card has an in-band management channel to provide inter-node
communication.

Several versions of the optical LAD modules are available:


LAD-2P: 2-channel (I-Temp)
Note: The LAD-2P module provides East and West DWDM add/drop channels and standard
1310nm add/drop ports for the Z22 shelf.
LAD-2G 2-channel (I-Temp)
Note: The LAD-2G module provides three long-reach wavelengths; East and West DWDM
add/drop channels and standard 1550nm add/drop ports for the Z22 shelf.
LAD-4: 4-channel
LAD-4A: 4-channel with booster amplifier
LAD-8: 8-channel
LAD-8i: 8-channel (I-Temp)
LAD-8A: 8-channel with booster amplifier
LAD-8E: 8-channel with pre-amp and booster amplifier
LAD-8X: 8-channel with pre-amp and booster amplifier (40dB reach)
LAD-40: 40-channel
LAD-40E: 40-channel with pre-amp and booster amplifier

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 49


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The following figures show some examples of the various LAD modules.

Figure 10: Cyan Z22 LAD-2P Module

Figure 11: Cyan Z-Series LAD-4A Module

Figure 12: Cyan Z-Series LAD-8i Module

Figure 13: Cyan Z-Series LAD-40E Module

For detailed information on optical link design for LAD modules, see Optical Link Design starting on page 145.

Note: LAD-8 to LAD-8A links are not supported.

LAD-40 and LAD-40E Modules Paired with the AWG-40


LAD-40 and LAD-40E modules require an associated AWG-40 Array Wave Guide module for add/drop
traffic. Individual wavelengths are added and/or dropped using the passive AWG-40 2 RU module. The
AWG-40 provides the ability to multiplex and de-multiplex any of the 40 channels supported by a LAD-40
or LAD-40E module. The AWG-40 module is connected to the LAD-40 or LAD-40E COM port through a
fiber jumper. The individual channels on the AWG-40 module are then connected to the appropriate
Z-Series line card DWDM XFP transceiver using a fiber jumper.

P a g e 50 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

AWG-40 Array Wave Guide

Figure 14: AWG-40 External Module

Dispersion Compensating Modules (DCMs) may be used to support the LAD-40E module. The DCMs are
based on Fiber Bragg Gratings (FBGs) and exhibit lower loss than standard fiber-based DCMs. The DCMs
are housed in a standard LGX module, allowing three DCMs to be installed in a 1 RU, 19-inch rackmount
shelf/frame. The DCMs are connected to the LAD-40E Mid-stage port using a fiber jumper.

Note: If a DCM is required with a LAD-40E module, you must use a Fiber Bragg Grating DCM. If a
DCM is not required for your configuration, a 3dB loopback attenuator must be connected to the
LAD-40E Mid-stage port. The loopback attenuator is provided as part of the LAD-40E Fiber Jumper
Kit. For additional information on available DCMs, see Dispersion Compensation Modules
starting on page 151 in this guide.

The configuration example below shows two LAD-40E modules installed in a Z33 shelf and connected to
two AWG-40 modules and DCMs.

AWG-40 Module

CYANOPTICS
Horizontal Fiber
Management Panel

AWG-40 Module
CYANOPTICS

Horizontal Fiber
Management Panel

LAD-40E Modules Z33 Shelf

PME-412 Modules

Notes:
LAD-40E Mid-Stage port
connects to DCM
LAD-40E Line port
connects to trunk DCMs

Figure 15: LAD-40E and AWG-40 Installation Example

For details on provisioning cross-connects or using the A-to-Z provisioning tool for the LAD-40/LAD-40E
modules, AWG-40 modules, and associated Z-Series line cards, see the Planet Operate User Guide.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 51


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-2P LGX Module


Cyan also provides an external LAD-2P LGX terminal multiplexer module. The LAD-2P LGX is designed
to be used in OEO networks. The module is housed in an industry standard LGX form factor. The passive
LAD-2P LGX module provides two (East and West) DWDM channels of add/drop capacity and a 1310nm
add/drop port.
Channel spacing is at 100 GHz. The LAD-2P LGX module provides two DWDM channels:
Channel 30 1553.33nm, 193.0 THz
Channel 31 1552.52nm, 193.1 THz

Figure 16: LAD-2P LGX Passive Module

1310nm Add/Drop Port


The LAD-8i module and the LAD-2P modules (in-chassis LAD-2P line card and the external LAD-2P
LGX) provide a standard 1310nm add/drop port, typically used for local client-side interfaces. The
client-side equipment may include various types of SONET/SDH, Ethernet, or OTN interfaces operating at
the 1310nm wavelength.
The LAD-8i and LAD-2P 1310nm add/drop ports are located on the module faceplate.

LAD-2G LGX Module


The LAD-2G LGX is an external terminal multiplexer designed to be used in OEO networks. The module is
housed in an industry standard LGX form factor. The passive LAD-2G LGX module provides two (East and
West) DWDM channels of add/drop capacity and a 1550nm add/drop port.
LAD-2G LGX channel spacing is at 100 GHz. The module provides two long-reach DWDM channels:
Channel 60 1529.55nm, 196.0 THz
Channel 61 1528.77nm, 196.1 THz
The LAD-2G LGX module provides a long-reach 1550nm add/drop port that is typically used for client-side
interfaces. The client-side equipment may include various types of SONET/SDH, Ethernet, or OTN
interfaces operating at the 1550nm wavelength.

Figure 17: LAD-2G LGX Passive Module

P a g e 52 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LGX Shelf/Frame
The passive LGX shelf/frame installs quickly with just a screwdriver and four screws. The LGX form factor
allows for simple installation with snap-in mounting. The LAD-2P LGX and the LAD-2G LGX modules are
installed without tools into the LGX shelf/frame. You can mount up to three LGX-compatible modules into
a single LGX shelf/frame.
For installation instructions, see the Cyan Z22 Installation and Safety Guide.

LAD Module Block Diagrams


The graphics below show the block diagrams for all of the Z-Series LAD modules.

LAD-2P
2
OADM 2
1 2 1 2

1 1

1310nm Drop Add 1310nm

Figure 18: LAD-2P Block Diagram

LAD-2G
OADM

Figure 19: LAD-2G Block Diagram

LAD-4

Figure 20: LAD-4 Block Diagram

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 53


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-4A

Figure 21: LAD-4A Block Diagram


LAD-8

Figure 22: LAD-8 Block Diagram


LAD-8i

Figure 23: LAD-8i Block Diagram


LAD-8A

Figure 24: LAD-8A Block Diagram

P a g e 54 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-8E

Figure 25: LAD-8E Block Diagram

LAD-8X

Figure 26: LAD-8X Block Diagram

LAD-40

Figure 27: LAD-40 Block Diagram

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 55


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-40E

Figure 28: LAD-40E Block Diagram

System Requirements
Cyan Z22 (LAD-2P or LAD-2G in-chassis module), Z33, Z77
Note: The LAD-8i module requires software version Release 3.0 or higher for both the Z33 and
Z77 platforms. The LAD-2P module requires software version Release 3.1 or higher for the Z22
platform. The LAD-2G module requires software version Release 4.0 or higher for the Z22
platform. The LAD-2P module and the LAD-2G are compatible with both the Z22 +24V shelf
model and the Z22 -48V shelf model. The LAD-8X module requires software version Release 4.0
and higher for both the Z33 and Z77 platforms.

2.1.1 Functional Interfaces


Input: Up to 2, 4, 8, or 40 (10G) DWDM channels
Output: Up to 2, 4, 8, or 40 ITU 694.1 wavelengths
Channel spacing: 100 GHz
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) 100Base-FX Ethernet at 1510nm
Note: The LAD-2P and LAD-2G modules do not provide an OSC.
Physical: Front access, duplex LC/UPC connectors
Link budget (with 80 km DWDM XFPs):
LAD-8i: 14 dB
LAD-2P, LAD-2G, LAD-4, LAD-8: 16 dB
LAD-4A, LAD-8A: 24 dB
LAD-8E: 32 dB
LAD-40: 10 dB
LAD-40E: 28 dB
LAD-8X: 40 dB
Fiber types supported: NSDF (G.652), NZ-DSF (G.655)
Note: The express port is not currently supported on any LAD module.

P a g e 56 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.1.2 LAD OSC Specifications


The following OSC specifications apply to all LAD modules (except the LAD-2P and LAD-2G, which do
not provide an OSC):
Frequency: 198.5 THz 1510nm
Data Format: 100Base-FX
Maximum TX Power: 5 dBm Ethernet
Minimum TX Power: -1 dBm (LAD-8X: +1 dBm)
Maximum RX Power: -3 dBm (LAD-8X: -7 dBm)
Minimum RX Power: -33 dBm (LAD-8X: -43 dBm)
OSC Link Budget: 8 32 dB (LAD-8i OSC link budget: 5 22 dB)
(LAD-8X OSC link budget: 12 44 dB)

Note: If you are using CyOS 3.x, RX power at -10 dBm or higher will raise a High RX power
alarm. If you are using CyOS 4.x or higher, RX power at -10 dBm or higher does not raise a High
RX power alarm, but an "Out of Range High" notification will be displayed in Planet Operate in
the Transport Resources tab for the LAD OSC.

2.1.3 Management
DCN connectivity
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1

2.1.4 Physical
LAD-2P and LAD-2G module dimensions:
Depth: 11.5" / 292 mm
Width: .9" / 23 mm
Height: 5.8" / 147 mm
LAD-4, LAD-4A, LAD-8, LAD-8i, LAD-8A, LAD-8E, LAD-8X, LAD-40, LAD-40E module
dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
AWG-40 dimensions:
Depth: 12" / 304.8 mm
Width: 19" / 482.6 mm
Height: 3.5" / 88.9 mm, 2 RU
AWG-40 weight: 8.4 lbs / 3.7 kg

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 57


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.1.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to LAD module slots

Power Consumption
Module Watts Typical Watts Maximum
LAD-4 10 12
LAD-4A 15 21
LAD-8 10 12
LAD-8i 10 12
LAD-8A 15 21
LAD-8E 30 35
LAD-8X 30 35
LAD-40 10 12
LAD-40E 28 30

Note: The LAD-2P and LAD-2G modules are powered via the shelf CEMi module.
Note: The AWG-40 module used in conjunction with the LAD-40 and LAD-40E modules is a
passive device.

2.1.6 Environmental
Operating Temperature
LAD-4, LAD-4A, LAD-8, LAD-8A, LAD-8X: +32F to +122F / 0C to +50C
LAD-40, LAD-40E: +32F to +131F / 0C to +55C
LAD-8i, LAD-2P, LAD-2G: I-Temp -40F to +149F / -40C to +65C
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.1.7 LAD Module Wavelength Assignments

LAD-2G Add/Drop Ports


Wavelength
LAD-2G ITU Channel
(nm)
1 1529.55 60
2 1528.77 61

P a g e 58 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-2P, LAD-4, LAD-4A, LAD-8, LAD-8i, LAD-8A, LAD-8E, LAD-8X Add/Drop Ports
LAD-8
LAD-8i
LAD-4 Wavelength
LAD-2P LAD-8A ITU Channel
LAD-4A (nm)
LAD-8E
LAD-8X
1 1 1 1553.33 30
2 2 2 1552.52 31
3 3 1551.72 32
4 4 1550.92 33
5 1549.32 35
6 1548.51 36
7 1547.72 37
8 1546.92 38

LAD-40, LAD-40E Add/Drop Ports


LAD-40 Wavelength LAD-40 Wavelength
ITU Channel ITU Channel
LAD-40E (nm) LAD-40E (nm)
1 1560.61 21 21 1544.53 41
2 1559.79 22 22 1543.73 42
3 1558.98 23 23 1542.94 43
4 1558.17 24 24 1542.14 44
5 1557.36 25 25 1541.35 45
6 1556.55 26 26 1540.56 46
7 1555.75 27 27 1539.77 47
8 1554.94 28 28 1538.98 48
9 1554.13 29 29 1538.19 49
10 1553.33 30 30 1537.40 50
11 1552.52 31 31 1536.61 51
12 1551.72 32 32 1535.82 52
13 1550.92 33 33 1535.04 53
14 1550.12 34 34 1534.25 54
15 1549.32 35 35 1533.47 55
16 1548.51 36 36 1532.68 56
17 1547.72 37 37 1531.90 57
18 1546.92 38 38 1531.12 58
19 1546.12 39 39 1530.33 59
20 1545.32 40 40 1529.55 60

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 59


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.1.8 LAD-2P and LAD-8i 1310nm Add/Drop Port


LAD-2P LAD-8i

Wavelength range 1270nm 1350nm 1270nm 1350nm

Mux-Demux pair insertion loss 2.4 dB maximum 3.0 dB maximum

2.1.9 LAD-2G 1550nm Add/Drop Port


LAD-2G

Wavelength range 1530.33nm 1565nm

Mux-Demux pair insertion loss 3.6 dB maximum

2.1.10 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 60 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.2 DTM-8 and DTM-8G Transponder Modules


The Cyan Z-Series DTM-8 is a quad transponder module. DTM-8 modules encode Ethernet and
SONET/SDH client-side signals into a standard G.709 OTN optical channel (OTU2 DWDM) for DWDM
drop-and-insert services in the Z-Series multi-layer transport networking platforms. You can independently
provision each of the four DTM-8 transponders as 10GbE, OC-192/STM-64 SONET/SDH format, or as an
OTU2 or OTU1e regenerator.
The DTM-8G module supports two OC-192/SDH and two 10GbE drop interfaces when functioning as a
transponder. When functioning as a regenerator, it supports four wavelengths of any signal format
(OC-192/10GbE). The module is capable of encoding Ethernet and SONET/SDH signals into OTN optical
channels for DWDM drop-and-insert services in Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms. The DTM-8G
module also functions as a quad OTU2 regenerator, and supports express traffic.

Figure 29: Cyan Z-Series DTM-8 Module

The graphics below show the DTM-8 and DTM-8G transponder functional block diagrams.

DTM-8
Up to 4 10G Client Up to 4 10G Trunk Interfaces
Interfaces (XFPs) (DWDM XFPs)
3R Regen
OTN Mapping
Any Combination of: Up to 4 OTU2/OTU2e
Up to 4 OTU2/OTU2e
Up to 4 OC-192/STM-64
Up to 4 OTU1e
Up to 4 10GbE LAN
Up to 4 OTU1e

Figure 30: DTM-8 Functional Block Diagram

DTM-8G
Up to 4 10G Client Up to 4 10G Trunk Interfaces
Interfaces (XFPs) (DWDM XFPs)

Any Combination of: 3R Regen


OTN Mapping Up to 4 OTU2
Up to 4 OTU2
Up to 2 OC-192/STM-64
Up to 2 10GbE LAN

Figure 31: DTM-8G Functional Block Diagram

XFP Interfaces
The DTM-8 and DTM-8G modules utilize 8 XFPs that are configurable as either trunk or client interfaces.
For the DTM-8G module, XFP slots 1, 3, 5, and 7 support OTU2 trunk interfaces. XFP slots 2 and 4 support
OC-192, STM-64, and OTU2 client interfaces. XFP slots 6 and 8 support OTU2 and 10GE LAN client
interfaces. For the DTM-8 module, each XFP slot supports an OTU2, OTU2e (overclocked rate), OTU1e,
OC-192/STM-64 SONET/SDH, or 10GE LAN interface.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 61


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphics below show the DTM-8 and DTM-8G block diagrams.

8 x 10G G709 Digital Termination Module (DTM-8)

Faceplate

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P1
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P2
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P3
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P4
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P5
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P6
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
10GBE/ DWDM P7
G.709 Framer XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/ 10G Rx
Legend: optical 10GBE/ DWDM P8
G.709 Framer XFP Tx
electrical

P a g e 62 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

8 x 10G G709 Digital Termination Module (DTM-8G)

Faceplate

10G Rx
10G
Serdes
DWDM P1
XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/
G.709 Framer

10G Rx
10G
Serdes
DWDM P2
XFP Tx

10G Rx
10G
Serdes
DWDM P3
XFP Tx

OC192/STM64/
G.709 Framer

10G Rx
10G
Serdes
DWDM P4
XFP Tx

10G Rx
10GBE/
G.709 Framer
DWDM P5
XFP Tx

10G Rx
10GBE/
G.709 Framer
DWDM P6
XFP Tx

10G Rx
10GBE/
G.709 Framer
DWDM P7
XFP Tx

10G Rx
10GBE/
Legend: optical G.709 Framer
DWDM P8
XFP Tx
electrical

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 63


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.2.1 DTM-8/DTM-8G System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf)
Cyan Z33
Cyan Z77
Two equipped modules provide for 1+1 equipment protection

2.2.2 Applications
High density transponding for OTN/DWDM transport of 10GbE LAN and OC-192 / STM-64
services
3R regeneration (re-time, re-shape, re-transmit) of OTU2 10G transmit signals
Wavelength translation

2.2.3 DTM-8 Interfaces


Client-side interfaces:
Up to 4 OC-192 or STM-64 (9.95328 Gbps)
Up to 4 10GbE LAN (10.31250 Gbps)
Up to 4 OTU2/OTU2e (10.709 Gbps/overclocked 11.0957 Gbps)
Up to 4 OTU1e (11.0491 Gbps)
Trunk-side interfaces:
Up to 4 OTU2 (OTU2/ODU2) (10.709 Gbps) with G.709 digital wrapper
Up to 4 OTU2e (overclocked 11.0957 Gbps)
Up to 4 OTU1e (11.0491 Gbps)
G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC) G.975
Enhanced Forward Error Correction (EFEC) G.975.1/APP4
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics
Transponder and regeneration functions in conjunction with LAD-family modules
OEO Add /Drop full OTN and 3R regeneration (re-shape, re-time, re-transmit) with OTN digital
wrapper OAM

2.2.4 DTM-8G Interfaces


Client-side interfaces:
Up to 2 OC-192 or STM-64 (9.95328 Gbps)
Up to 2 10GbE LAN (10.31250 Gbps)
Up to 4 OTU2 (10.709225 Gbps)
Trunk-side interfaces:
Up to 4 OTU2 (OTU2/ODU2) (10.709 Gbps) with G.709 digital wrapper
G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC)
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics
Transponder and regeneration functions in conjunction with LAD-family modules
OEO Add /Drop full OTN and 3R regeneration (re-shape, re-time, re-transmit) with digital
wrapper OAM

P a g e 64 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.2.5 DTM-8/DTM-8G Management


G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1

2.2.6 DTM-8/DTM-8G Physical


Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.58 lbs / 2.08 kg

2.2.7 DTM-8/DTM-8G Power


Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
DTM-8 power consumption: 75 watts typical, 96 watts maximum
DTM-8G power consumption: 85 watts typical, 95 watts maximu

2.2.8 DTM-8/DTM-8G Environmental


+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.2.9 DTM-8/DTM-8G Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 65


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.3 2.5G-LME4 Multiplex-Transponder Module


The Cyan Z-Series 2.5G-LME4 is a 4-port muxponder (multiplex-transponder) module with integrated
OTN encoding for efficient 10G wavelength transport in the Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms.
Each module accepts any combination of up to four 2.5G OC-48, STM-16, and/or OTU1 signals that are
encoded/translated into discrete ODU1s and then multiplexed into a high-capacity 10G OTU2 wavelength
for managed DWDM transport.

Figure 32: Z-Series 2.5G-LME4 Module

Note: An ODU1 Express cross-connect (OC-48/STM-16 express) between a pair of 2.5G-LME4


modules requires a Ring Closure Module (RCM) to be installed in the Z77 shelf or a Release 4.0 (or
higher) Z77 shelf equipped with the XC-2800 switch fabric. RCMs and the XC-2800 switch fabric are
not required for the Z22 or the Z33 shelf.
The Release 4.0 (or higher) XC-2800 switch fabric consists of four individual switch-fabric modules
installed in the Z77 horizontal EFM slots. For additional information on the XC-2800, see XC-2800
Switch Fabric starting on page 135.
For additional information on the RCMs, see Ring Closure Modules starting on page 135.

The graphic below shows the 2.5G-LME4 muxponder functional block diagram.

Up to 4 2.5G Client OTU2 10G Trunk Interface


Interfaces (SFPs) (DWDM XFPs)

ODU2
Any Combination of: Mux/Demux
Up to 4 OTU1 1 OTU2
Up to 4 OC-48
Up to 4 STM-16

Figure 33: Z-Series 2.5G-LME4 Functional Block Diagram

Trunk Interface
The 2.5G-LME4 module utilizes a single XFP for its trunk interface. Optical performance is determined by
the DWDM multiplexing components and the XFP module in use.
Line format: OTU2
FEC: GFEC G.975, 10.709 Gbps; UFEC G.975.1 Appendix 7, 11.095 Gbps

Client Interfaces
The 2.5G-LME4 module utilizes four SFP modules for client interfaces.
Line formats: OTU-1, OC-48, STM-16
FEC (OTU-1): GFEC 9.75, 2.68 Gbps
Jitter and wander: GR-253 compliant

P a g e 66 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the 2.5G-LME4 module block diagram.

2.3.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf)
Cyan Z33
Cyan Z77

2.3.2 Interfaces
Client-side interfaces (SFP pluggable):
Up to 4 OC-48 or STM-16
Up to 4 OTU1
Trunk-side interface (XFP pluggable): 1 OTU2 with G.709 digital wrapper
G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC)

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 67


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

G.975.1 Appendix 7 Universal Forward Error Correction (UFEC)


Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics
Transponder and regeneration functions in conjunction with Z-Series LAD modules

2.3.3 Management
Standard SONET/SDH OTN General Communication Channel (GCC0)
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1

2.3.4 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4 lbs / 1.8 kg

2.3.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
Power consumption: 55 watts typical, 65 watts maximum

2.3.6 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.3.7 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 68 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.4 PME-412 Packet Multiplexer Module


The Cyan Z-Series PME-412 module is an Ethernet Layer 2 switch with integrated OTN functionality. It is
used in the Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms. The transport module supports connection-oriented
Ethernet transport with Provider Backbone Bridging with Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE) functionality.
Each PME-412 module provides 80 Gbps of Ethernet switching capacity and supports up to four 10G XFP
interfaces, of which two have optional OTN functionality, plus twelve SFP interfaces for Gigabit Ethernet
(GE) connectivity. It is connected to another PME-412 line card across the backplane via a 20G interface to
form a protection pair of line cards supporting Link Aggregation Groups (LAG) and sub-50 ms restoration.
The PME-412 module provides an in-band management channel of up to 100 Mbps in bandwidth.
A single module supports a 10G ring configuration with two 10GE and twelve GE tributaries. Two
PME-412 modules provide a protected ring configuration for 2x10G rings with 10G and 1GE tributaries.
The physical interfaces support four XFPs and twelve SFPs. The SFP ports support both optical SFP and
copper SFP modules. In optical SFP mode, it supports 1000Base-F and 100-FX mode. In copper SFP mode,
it supports 10/100/1000Base-T. You can disable auto-negotiation and provision the port speed to 10, 100, or
1000 Mbps. Line sensing of Media Dependent Interface (MDI) and Media Dependent Interface with
Crossover (MDIX) in copper SFP port connections is automatic.
Ring Closure Modules (RCMs) or the Release 4.0 (or higher) XC-2800 switch fabric modules are required
and must be installed in the Z77 horizontal Electrical Fabric Module (EFM) slots to support the following
PME-412 applications:
Link aggregation using multiple ports between a pair of PME-412 modules
A TESI Express connection using a pair of PME-412 modules
An unprotected Ethernet drop over a protected TESI using a pair of PME-412 modules
Note: For PME-412 applications, the Z77 shelf is typically configured with four RCMs or the Release
4.0 (or higher) XC-2800 switch fabric. All four RCMs or XC-2800 switch fabric modules must be
installed in the Z77 horizontal EFM slots. RCM cards and the XC-2800 switch fabric modules are not
required for the Z22 or the Z33 shelf.
For additional information on the RCMs, see Ring Closure Modules starting on page 135.
For additional information on the XC-2800, see XC-2800 Switch Fabric starting on page 135.

Figure 34: Z-Series PME-412 Module

The graphic below shows the PME-412 trunk and client interfaces functional block diagram.

Up to 2 10GbE Client
Interfaces (XFPs)
Up to 2 10G Trunk Interfaces
(DWDM XFPs)
80G
Ethernet Any Combination of:
Switch Up to 2 OTU2
Up to 2 OTU2e
Up to 2 10GbE
Up to 12 1GbE Client
Interfaces (SFPs)

Up to 2 10GbE Interfaces
to Backplane for Protection
and
Inter-module Switching

Figure 35: PME-412 Functional Block Diagram

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 69


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The next graphic shows the PME-412 block diagram.

PME-412 In-Band Management Channel


The PME-412 module provides an optional in-band management channel of up to 100 Mbps in bandwidth.
If the Z-Series shelf is configured with PME-412 line card and the shelf does not have a LAD or WSS/AWG
module or the traffic-carrying PME interfaces are not fiber patched to an installed LAD or WSS/AWG
module, set the 10G ETH/OTN Fiber Port Signal Type parameter (General sub-tab) to 10GE LAN
(default). If you have a Z22 shelf with a PME line card (the Z22 LAD-2P and LAD-2G do not provide an
OSC), set the 10G ETH/OTN Fiber Port Signal Type parameter to 10GE LAN. When the PME 10G fiber
port is provisioned with a signal type of 10GE LAN or 10GE WAN, the Topology Discovery and Routing
parameters are automatically enabled (default) and the system will use the PME line card in-band
management channel to provide node-to-node communication.

P a g e 70 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

If the PME-412 line card is installed in a Z33 or Z77 shelf and a LAD or WSS module is providing the OSC
and the traffic-carrying PME interfaces are fiber patched to a LAD or WSS/AWG module, Cyan
recommends that you set the PME 10G ETH/OTN Fiber Port Signal Type parameter to OTU-2 (General
sub-tab). When the PME fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of OTU2, the Topology Discovery and
Routing parameters are automatically disabled and the PME line card 100 Mbps of bandwidth that was
reserved for the in-band management channel is returned to the PME 10G fiber port for payload. Disabling
Topology Discovery also prevents the system from displaying a topology line in addition to the OSC line to
the adjacent node in the Network view tab.

2.4.1 Synchronous Ethernet


PME-412 and PME-216i line cards support Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE). SyncE provides the following
features:
Ability to recover timing from PME 10GE ports to be used as timing references for the system clock
generation and/or derived T1/E1 timing.
Note: PME 1000BASE-F (1G) ports cannot be used as timing references for the system clock or
derived T1/E1 timing.
Ability to terminate the Ethernet Synchronization Messaging Channel (ESMC) to transmit and
receive Synchronization Status Messages (SSM).
Transmit Ethernet signals that are synchronous to the system clock.
SyncE must be enabled on a per-Ethernet port basis. SyncE is disabled by default. When SyncE is enabled
on any given Ethernet port, 1GE or 10GE, its ESMC channel is activated, which allows the transmission and
reception of SSM. Additionally, if it is a PME 10GE port, it is available to be used by the timing subsystem
as a timing reference for system clock generation and/or to generate a derived T1/E1 signal to be used by the
Building Integrated Timing Source (BITS) equipment.
Although a PME 1GE port cannot be used to recover timing references, it is capable of providing a timing
reference to external equipment.

2.4.2 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf)
Cyan Z33
Cyan Z77

2.4.3 PME-412 Ethernet Services, OAM, QoS, and Synchronization


ITU/MEF E-Line (EPL and EVPL) and E-LAN (E-LAN and E-VLAN) services
VLANs with independent VLAN learning (802.1Q): 4,096
Q-in-Q (802.1ad)
MAC bridging (802.1D)
MAC addresses: 32,000
PBB (Provider Backbone Bridging 802.1ah)
PBB-TE 802.1Qay for connection oriented Ethernet
Spanning Tree (802.1D), Multiple Spanning Tree (802.1s), and Rapid Spanning Tree (802.1w) support
Link Aggregation (802.3ad)
Trunk (NNI) protection

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 71


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Ethernet Line Protection ITU-T G.8031, PBB-TE Layer Protection


Switch times < 50 ms
Ethernet Ring Protection ITU-T G.8032, PBB-TE Layer Protection
Switch times < 50 ms with a maximum of 32 ERP nodes
Client (UNI) protection
Link Aggregation (802.1AX)
Rapid Spanning Tree (802.1w)
OAM
Link OAM 802.3ah and OTN
Service OAM 802.1ag
o UP and Down MEPs
QoS
Ingress per service policing
o Two Rate Three Color Marker
o Metering granularity from 1 Mbps to 10 Gbps in 64 Kbps increments
o Ethernet P-bit priority to CoS mapping
o DSCP to CoS mapping
Egress shaping
8 class of service queues per port
Egress scheduling
Strict Priority
Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR)
Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE)

2.4.4 PME-412 Capacity


MAC Addresses: 32,000
VLANs (with independent VLAN learning): 4,096
Note: The VLAN range is 0 to 4095. VLAN 0 is priority-tagged. Provisionable VLAN range is 1 to
4094. VLAN 4095 is reserved by the system.
VLAN translation (ingress and egress): 4,000
Unique services (E-Line or E-LAN) no policing: 2,000
Unique services (E-Line or E-LAN) with policing: 1,000
Traffic Engineering Service Instances (TESIs): 512
Protected TESI groups per card pair: 256
Ethernet Ring Protection Groups per card pair: 256
Maintenance association End Points (MEPs): 512
Link Aggregation Groups: 16
Ports in a Link Aggregation Group: 8
Flow Points: 2,048

P a g e 72 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.4.5 Optical Transport


Up to 2 10GbE rings per module, or
Up to 2 10G OTU2 (10.709 Gbps) trunk interfaces per module, or
Up to 2 10G OTU2e (11.0957 Gbps) trunk interfaces per module, or
Up to 2 OTU1e (11.0491 Gbps) trunk interfaces per module
G.975 Generic forward error correction (GFEC)
Enhanced G.975.1/App.4 (enhanced FEC)

2.4.6 Interfaces
Up to 4 10GbE LAN/WAN (XFP)
Up to 2 10G OTU2 (XFP)
Up to 2 10G OTU2e (XFP)
Up to 2 10G OTU1e (XFP)
Up to 12 GbE (SFP)
Up to 2 10GbE backplane interfaces for module to module Ethernet switching and protection
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics

Note: Recently introduced Cyan single-fiber XFP and SFP+ transceiver modules are designed
specifically for datacomm applications. These transceiver modules do not support OTU2 signal types.

Note: Configuring 10GE WAN signal types for PME-412 ports 3 and 4 are planned for a future release.

2.4.7 Management
G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1

2.4.8 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4 lbs / 1.8 kg

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 73


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.4.9 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
Power consumption: 88 watts typical, 126 watts maximum

Note: This reflects the typical power requirements of 4 XFP and 12 SFP transceivers.

2.4.10 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.4.11 Standards
MAC bridging (IEEE 802.1D)
VLANs (IEEE 802.1Q)
Q-in-Q (IEEE 802.1ad)
Provider Backbone Bridging (PBB) IEEE 802.1ah
Provider Backbone Bridging - Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE) IEEE 802.1Qay
Spanning tree (IEEE 802.1D)
Multiple Spanning Tree (IEEE 802.1s)
Rapid Spanning Tree (IEEE 802.1w)
Link OAM (IEEE 802.3ah Clause 57)
Connectivity Fault Management (IEEE 802.1ag)

2.4.12 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 74 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.5 PME-216i Packet Multiplexer Module


The Cyan Z-Series PME-216i module is an advanced, high-capacity Ethernet switch providing
MEF-compliant services with connection-oriented Ethernet transport. PME-216i I-Temp transport modules
are supported in the Z22, Z33, and Z77 multi-layer transport platforms for fiber efficient 10G transport
using 10GbE with OTN encapsulation (OTU2) options.
Each PME-216i module supports up to two 10G XFP interfaces for 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN/WAN and
OTU2 connectivity, plus sixteen SFP interfaces for Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. The SFP ports support
both optical SFP and copper SFP modules. In optical SFP mode, it supports 1000Base-F and 100-FX mode.
In copper SFP mode, it supports 10/100/1000Base-T. You can disable auto-negotiation and provision the
port speed to 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. Line sensing of Media Dependent Interface (MDI) and Media
Dependent Interface with Crossover (MDIX) in copper SFP port connections is automatic.
The PME-216i module provides 60 Gbps of Ethernet switching capacity. Connect a PME-216i line card to
another PME-216i line card across the backplane via a 20G interface to form a protection pair of line cards
supporting Link Aggregation Groups (LAG) and sub-50 ms restoration.
The PME-216i module supports VLANs at both the provider (802.1ad) and customer (802.1Q) level for
advanced Ethernet services. Support for Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineered (PBB-TE per
802.1Qay) provides connection-oriented Ethernet transport performance and scale. The module is MEF
compliant supporting EPL, EVPL, E-LAN, and E-VLAN services.
The PME-216i module supports Y.1731 end-to-end service OAM performance monitoring functions and
mechanisms enabled on UNI Flow Points. Y.1731 collects Delay Measurement (DM), Delay Variation
Measurement (DVM), and Loss Measurement (LM) necessary for Service Level Agreement (SLA) services
monitoring.
The graphic below shows the PME-216i trunk and client interfaces functional block diagram.

Figure 36: Z-Series PME-216i Module

Up to 2 10G Trunk Interfaces


ODU2
(DWDM XFPs)
Mapper
Up to 16 GbE Client
60 Any Combination:
Interfaces (SFPs)
Ethernet Up to 2 OTU2
Switch Up to 2 10GbE

ODU2
Mapper

Plus up to 2 10GbE Interfaces


to Backplane for Protection and
Inter-module Switching

Figure 37: PME-216i Functional Block Diagram

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 75


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Ring Closure Modules (RCMs) or the Release 4.0 (or higher) XC-2800 switch fabric modules are required
and must be installed in Z77 horizontal Electrical Fabric Module (EFM) slots to support the following
PME-216i applications:
Link aggregation using multiple ports between a pair of PME-216i modules
A TESI Express connection using a pair of PME-216i modules
An unprotected Ethernet drop over a protected TESI using a pair of PME-216i modules

Note: For PME-216i applications, the Z77 shelf is typically configured with four RCMs or a
Release 4.0 (or higher) Z77 shelf equipped with the XC-2800 switch fabric. All four RCMs or
XC-2800 switch fabric modules must be installed in the Z77 horizontal EFM slots. RCMs and
XC-2800 switch fabric modules are not required for the Z22 or the Z33 shelf.
The Release 4.0 (or higher) XC-2800 switch fabric consists of four individual switch-fabric
modules installed in the Z77 shelf horizontal EFM slots. For additional information on the
XC-2800, see XC-2800 Switch Fabric starting on page 135.
For additional information on RCMs, see Ring Closure Modules starting on page 135.

P a g e 76 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The next graphic shows the PME-216i block diagram.

PME-216i In-Band Management Channel


The PME-216i module provides an optional in-band management channel of up to 100 Mbps in bandwidth.
If the Z-Series shelf is configured with PME-216i line card and the shelf does not have a LAD or
WSS/AWG module or the traffic-carrying PME interfaces are not fiber patched to an installed LAD or
WSS/AWG module, set the 10G ETH/OTN Fiber Port Signal Type parameter (General sub-tab) to 10GE
LAN (default). If you have a Z22 shelf with a PME line card (the Z22 LAD-2P and LAD-2G do not
provide an OSC), set the 10G ETH/OTN Fiber Port Signal Type parameter to 10GE LAN. When the PME
10G fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of 10GE LAN or 10GE WAN, the Topology Discovery and
Routing parameters are automatically enabled (default) and the system will use the PME line card in-band
management channel to provide node-to-node communication.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 77


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

If the PME-216i line card is installed in a Z33 or Z77 shelf and a LAD or WSS/AWG module is providing
the OSC and the traffic-carrying PME interfaces are fiber patched to a LAD or WSS/AWG module, Cyan
recommends that you set the PME 10G ETH/OTN Fiber Port Signal Type parameter to OTU-2 (General
sub-tab). When the PME fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of OTU2, the Topology Discovery and
Routing parameters are automatically disabled and the PME line card 100 Mbps of bandwidth that was
reserved for the in-band management channel is returned to the PME 10G fiber port for payload. Disabling
Topology Discovery also prevents the system from displaying a topology line in addition to the OSC line to
the adjacent node in the Network view tab.

2.5.1 Synchronous Ethernet


PME-412 and PME-216i line cards support Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE). SyncE provides the following
features:
Ability to recover timing from PME 10GE ports to be used as timing references for the system clock
generation and/or derived T1/E1 timing.
Note: PME 1000BASE-F (1G) ports cannot be used as timing references for the system clock or
derived T1/E1 timing.
Ability to terminate the Ethernet Synchronization Messaging Channel (ESMC) to transmit and
receive Synchronization Status Messages (SSM).
Transmit Ethernet signals that are synchronous to the system clock.
SyncE must be enabled on a per-Ethernet port basis. SyncE is disabled by default. When SyncE is enabled
on any given Ethernet port, 1GE or 10GE, its ESMC channel is activated, which allows the transmission and
reception of SSM. Additionally, if it is a PME 10GE port, it is available to be used by the timing subsystem
as a timing reference for system clock generation and/or to generate a derived T1/E1 signal to be used by the
Building Integrated Timing Source (BITS) equipment.
Although a PME 1GE port cannot be used to recover timing references, it is capable of providing a timing
reference to external equipment.

2.5.2 System Requirements


Cyan Z22, software version Release 3.1 or higher
Note: A +24V PME-216i line card is available for the Z22 +24V shelf model. Its functional
specifications are identical to the -48V PME-216i line card.
Cyan Z33, software version Release 3.0 or higher
Cyan Z77, software version Release 3.0 or higher

2.5.3 PME-216i Ethernet Services, OAM, QoS, and Synchronization


ITU/MEF E-Line (EPL and EVPL) and E-LAN (E-LAN and E-VLAN) services
LANs with independent VLAN learning (802.1Q): 4,096
Q-in-Q (802.1ad)
MAC bridging (802.1D)
PBB (Provider Backbone Bridging 802.1ah)
PBB-TE 802.1Qay for connection oriented Ethernet
Spanning Tree (802.1D), Multiple Spanning Tree (802.1s), and Rapid Spanning Tree (802.1w) support

P a g e 78 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Link Aggregation (802.3ad)


Trunk (NNI) protection
Ethernet Line Protection ITU-T G.8031, PBB-TE Layer Protection
o Switch times < 50 ms
Ethernet Ring Protection ITU-T G.8032, PBB-TE Layer Protection
o Switch times < 50 ms with a maximum of 32 ERP nodes
Client (UNI) protection
Link Aggregation (802.1AX)
Rapid Spanning Tree (802.1w)
Link OAM 802.3ah and OTN
Service OAM 802.1ag and Y.1731
UP and Down MEPs
Performance Monitoring
o Frame Delay
o Frame Delay Variation (Jitter)
o Frame Loss
Ethernet Service Activation Test Methodology (Y.1564, formally Y.156sam)
o Hardware capable, software support in a future Release
QoS
Ingress per service policing
o Two-Rate Three-Color Marker
o Metering granularity from 1 Mbps to 10 Gbps in 64 Kbps increments
o Ethernet P-bit priority to CoS mapping
o DSCP to CoS mapping
Egress shaping
o 8 class of service queues per port
Egress scheduling
Strict Priority
Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR)
Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE)

2.5.4 PME-216i Capacity


MAC Addresses: 32,000
VLANs (with independent VLAN learning): 4,096
Note: The VLAN range is 0 to 4095. VLAN 0 is priority-tagged. Provisionable VLAN range is 1 to
4094. VLAN 4095 is reserved by the system.
VLAN translation (ingress and egress): 2,000
Unique services (E-Line or E-LAN) no policing: 1,000
Unique services (E-Line or E-LAN) with policing: 512

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 79


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Traffic Engineering Service Instances (TESIs): 64


Protected TESI groups per card pair: 32
Flow Points: 512
Ethernet Ring Protection Groups per card pair: 32
Maintenance association End Points (MEPs): 64
Link Aggregation Groups: 16
Ports in a Link Aggregation Group: 8
Y.1731 PM: 64

2.5.5 Standards
MAC bridging (IEEE 802.1D)
VLANs (IEEE 802.1Q)
Q-in-Q (IEEE 802.1ad)
Provider Backbone Bridging (PBB) IEEE 802.1ah
Provider Backbone Bridging - Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE) IEEE 802.1Qay
Spanning tree (IEEE 802.1D)
Multiple Spanning Tree (IEEE 802.1s)
Rapid Spanning Tree (IEEE 802.1w)
Link OAM (IEEE 802.3ah Clause 57)
Connectivity Fault Management (IEEE 802.1ag)
OAM functions and mechanisms for Ethernet-based networks (ITU-T Y.1731)

2.5.6 Optical Transport


Up to 2 10GbE rings per module, or
Up to 2 10G OTU2 (10.709 Gbps) trunk interfaces per module, or
Up to 2 10G OTU2e (11.0957 Gbps) trunk interfaces per module, or
Up to 2 OTU1e (11.0491 Gbps) trunk interfaces per module
G.975 Generic forward error correction (GFEC)
Enhanced G.975.1/App.4 (enhanced FEC)

2.5.7 Interfaces
Up to 2 10GbE LAN/WAN (XFP)
Up to 2 10G OTU2 (XFP)
Up to 2 10G OTU2e (XFP)
Up to 2 10G OTU1e (XFP)
Up to 16 GbE (SFP)
Up to 2 10GbE backplane interfaces for module to module Ethernet switching and protection
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics

P a g e 80 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Note: Cyan single-fiber XFP and SFP+ transceiver modules are designed specifically for
datacomm applications. These transceiver modules do not support OTU2 signal types.

2.5.8 Management
G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI and TL1
EMS-based integration creates end-to-end OAM regardless of topology or packet/OTN mixed links

2.5.9 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.25 lbs / 1.93 kg

2.5.10 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots (Z22 -48V DC model, Z33, and Z77)
Dual +24V DC power feeds to module slots (Z22 +24V DC model)
Power consumption: 67 watts typical, 97 watts maximum

Note: This reflects the typical power requirements of 2 XFP and 16 SFP transceivers.

2.5.11 Environmental
-40F to +149F / -40C to +65C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.5.12 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 81


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.6 PSW-10G10 Packet Module


The PSW-10G10 is a high capacity 10-port 10 GbE switch module for aggregating and grooming Ethernet
services. The PSW-10G10 module is optimized for high-capacity Ethernet aggregation and end-to-end
packet transport solutions. PSW-10G10 modules support ten 10 GbE ports through four XFP and six SFP+
interfaces. The PSW-10G10 module supports standards-based Connection Oriented Ethernet (COE) for
increased network performance and scale. The module also supports optional user configurable OTU2
mapping with FEC for transport over optical networks.
In this Release, the PSW-10G10 module is deployable in Z77 shelves. The transport module supports COE
transport with Provider Backbone Bridging with Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE) functionality (per IEEE
802.1Qay), including E-LAN and E-VLAN services. Each PSW-10G10 module interconnects with other
modules through a 2.8 Tbps Ethernet and OTN switching fabric (XC-2800) in the 14-slot Z77 chassis.
The PSW-10G10 module supports VLANs at both the provider (IEEE 802.1ad) and customer (IEEE
802.1Q) level for advanced Ethernet services.
The graphic below shows the PSW-10G10 trunk and client interfaces functional block diagram.

ODU2 4 x 10 GbE XFP


200G Mapper
Backplane
Ethernet
(2.8 Tbps XC-2800 common
Ethernet and OTN switching Switch
fabric in Z77)
ODU2
6 x 10 GbE SFP+
Mapper

Figure 38: PSW-10G10 Functional Block Diagram

The next graphic shows a typical switch configuration with PSW-10G10 line cards.

Figure 39: Typical Extended Switch Configuration with PSW-10G10 Line Cards

P a g e 82 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below show the PSW-10G10 block diagram.

Applications
10 GbE client interfaces to routers and other network elements.
Interface module for chassis-wide 2.8 Tbps Ethernet switch fabric.
10 GbE switching function with OTU2 for transport over OEO or ROADM optical networks.
Advanced aggregation and E-Line / E-LAN MEF services.
Achieving transport grade SLAs with packet services.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 83


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Features and Benefits


200 Gbps switch capacity per module.
High density 10 GbE interface connectivity.
Aggregation of 10G on the blade or across chassis using the XC-2800 Z77 switch fabric modules.
A-to-Z provisioning of Ethernet services across multi-layer Ethernet, Ethernet transport, OTN,
and DWDM.
Advanced MEF Ethernet services (E-Line, E-LAN).
Connection Oriented Ethernet IEEE 802.1ah for high performance transport and network
efficiency.
Ethernet switch functionality provides the flexibility to augment or replace existing switches
or routers.
Upgrading capacity and functionality.
Easy migration of services from legacy Ethernet switches for redeployment and reuse in
lesser transport intensive applications.
ITU-T G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC) on DWDM trunk (5-6dB link
improvement).
OTU2 service identifiers on DWDM trunks for granular tracking and visibility.
Span by span, per-service transmit and receive performance monitoring with 15-min and 24-hr PM
statistics.
Supports removable XFP and SFP+ transceivers for client interface reach flexibility.

PSW-10G10 In-Band Management Channel


The PSW-10G10 module provides an optional in-band management channel of up to 100 Mbps in
bandwidth. If the Z77 shelf is configured with a PSW-10G10 line card and the shelf does not have a LAD or
WSS/AWG module or the traffic-carrying PSW interfaces are not fiber patched to an installed LAD or
WSS/AWG module, set the 10GE/OTU2 Fiber Port Signal Type parameter (General sub-tab) to "10GE
LAN" (default). When the PSW 10G fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of 10GE LAN or 10GE
WAN, the Topology Discovery and Routing parameters are automatically enabled (default) and the system
will use the PSW line card in-band management channel to provide node-to-node communication.
If the PSW-10G10 line card is installed in a Z77 shelf and a LAD or WSS/AWG module is providing the
OSC and the traffic-carrying PSW interfaces are fiber patched to a LAD or WSS/AWG module, Cyan
recommends that you set the PSW 10GE/OTU2 Fiber Port Signal Type parameter to "OTU-2" (General
sub-tab). When the PSW fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of OTU2, the Topology Discovery and
Routing parameters are automatically disabled and the PSW line card 100 Mbps of bandwidth that was
reserved for the in-band management channel is returned to the PSW 10G fiber port for payload. Disabling
Topology Discovery also prevents the system from displaying a topology line in addition to the OSC line to
the adjacent node in the 3D Network view tab.

P a g e 84 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.6.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z77, software version Release 5.0 or higher

2.6.2 Ethernet Services and Standards


MEF EPL, EVPL and E-LAN services with local bridging between UNI-N and NNI port
VLANs (IEEE 802.1Q)
Q-in-Q (IEEE 802.1ad)
MAC bridging (IEEE 802.1D)
2,000 TESIs
Connection oriented Ethernet (COE) support:
Provider Backbone Bridging - IEEE 802.1ah
Provider Backbone Bridging (Traffic Engineering) - IEEE 802.1Qay
Ethernet Ring Protection ITU-T G.8032v2 with sub-50ms switch times
Spanning tree (IEEE 802.1D), multiple spanning tree (IEEE 802.1s), and Rapid Spanning Tree
(IEEE 802.1w) support (planned for a future release)
P-bit priority QoS (IEEE 802.1p)
8 class of service queues per port

2.6.3 Optical Transport


4 x 10 GbE XFP, plus 6 x 10 GbE SFP+
All ports support optional OTU2
ITU-T G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC) and Enhanced Forward Error Correction
(EFEC)

2.6.4 Interfaces
10 x 10 GbE LAN/WAN
Physical: Front access, XFP and SFP+

2.6.5 Management
ITU-T G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
SNMP v2
CLI and TL1
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate (TESI provisioning only in this Release)

2.6.6 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.0 lbs / 1.8 kg

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 85


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.6.7 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
Power consumption: 150 watts typical, 180 watts maximum

2.6.8 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.6.9 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 86 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.7 PSW-618 Packet Module


The PSW-618 is a highly scalable Ethernet switching and transport module for the Cyan Z77 packet-optical
transport platform (P-OTP). The PSW-618 is optimized for high-capacity Ethernet aggregation and
end-to-end packet transport solutions. The PSW-618 modules support six 10 GbE SFP+ and eighteen 1 GbE
SFP interfaces for local connection to routers and other network elements. The PSW-618 module supports
standards-based Connection Oriented Ethernet (COE) for increased network performance and scale. The
module also supports optional user configurable OTU2 mapping with FEC for transport over optical
networks.
In this Release, the PSW-618 module is deployable in Z77 shelves. Each PSW-618 module is
inter-connected with other modules through a 2.8 Tbps Ethernet and OTN switching fabric (XC-2800) in
the 14-slot Z77 chassis. Other modules supported by the XC-2800 switch fabric include the PSW-10G10
and TSW-10G10.
The PSW-618 module supports VLANs at both the provider (IEEE 802.1ad) and customer (IEEE 802.1Q)
level for advanced Ethernet services. The transport module supports COE transport with Provider Backbone
Bridging with Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE) functionality.
The graphic below shows the PSW-618 trunk and client interfaces functional block diagram.

ODU2 6 x 10 GbE SFP+


160G Mapper
Backplane
(2.8 Tbps XC-2800 common Ethernet
Ethernet and OTN switching Switch
fabric in Z77)

18 x GbE SFP

Figure 40: PSW-618 Functional Block Diagram

The graphic below shows a typical extended switch configuration with PSW-618 line cards.

Figure 41: Typical Extended Switch Configuration with PSW-618 Line Cards

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 87


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Applications
GbE and 10 GbE client interface to routers or other network elements.
Aggregation of GbE into 10 GbE.
Interface module for chassis-wide 2.8 Tbps Ethernet switch fabric.
1 GbE to 10 GbE switching function with OTU2 for transport over OEO or ROADM optical
networks.
Advanced aggregation and E-Line / E-LAN MEF services.
Achieving transport grade SLAs with packet services.

Features and Benefits


160 Gbps switch capacity per module.
GbE and 10 GbE interface connectivity.
Aggregation of 1G to 10G on the blade or across chassis using the XC-2800 Z77 switch fabric
modules.
A-to-Z provisioning of Ethernet services across multi-layer Ethernet, Ethernet transport, OTN and
DWDM.
Advanced MEF Ethernet services (E-Line, E-LAN).
Connection Oriented Ethernet IEEE 802.1ah for high performance transport and network
efficiency.
Ethernet switch functionality provides the flexibility to augment or replace existing switches or
routers.
Upgrading capacity and functionality.
Easy migration of services from legacy Ethernet switches for redeployment and reuse in
lesser transport intensive applications.
ITU-T G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC) on DWDM trunk (5-6dB link
improvement).
OTU2 service identifiers on DWDM trunks for granular tracking and visibility.
Span by span, per-service transmit and receive performance monitoring with 15-min and 24-hr PM
statistics.
Supports removable SFP and SFP+ for client interface reach flexibility.

PSW-618 In-Band Management Channel


The PSW-618 module provides an optional in-band management channel of up to 100 Mbps in bandwidth.
If the Z77 shelf is configured with a PSW-618 line card and the shelf does not have a LAD or WSS/AWG
module or the traffic-carrying PSW interfaces are not fiber patched to an installed LAD or WSS/AWG
module, set the 10GE/OTU2 Fiber Port Signal Type parameter (General sub-tab) to 10GE LAN (default).
When the PSW 10G fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of 10GE LAN or 10GE WAN, the Topology
Discovery and Routing parameters are automatically enabled (default) and the system will use the PSW line
card in-band management channel to provide node-to-node communication.
If the PSW-618 line card is installed in a Z77 shelf and a LAD or WSS/AWG module is providing the OSC
and the traffic-carrying PSW interfaces are fiber patched to a LAD or WSS/AWG module, Cyan
recommends that you set the PSW 10GE/OTU2 Fiber Port Signal Type parameter to OTU-2 (General
sub-tab). When the PSW fiber port is provisioned with a signal type of OTU2, the Topology Discovery and
Routing parameters are automatically disabled and the PSW line card 100 Mbps of bandwidth that was

P a g e 88 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

reserved for the in-band management channel is returned to the PSW 10G fiber port for payload. Disabling
Topology Discovery also prevents the system from displaying a topology line in addition to the OSC line to
the adjacent node in the 3D Network view tab.

2.7.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z77, software version Release 5.0 or higher

2.7.2 Ethernet Services and Standards


MEF EPL, EVPL and E-LAN services with local bridging between UNI-N and NNI port
VLANs (IEEE 802.1Q)
Q-in-Q (IEEE 802.1ad)
MAC bridging (IEEE 802.1D)
2,000 TESIs
Connection oriented Ethernet (COE) support:
Provider Backbone Bridging - IEEE 802.1ah
Provider Backbone Bridging (Traffic Engineering) - IEEE 802.1Qay
Ethernet Ring Protection ITU-T G.8032v2 with sub-50ms switch times
Spanning tree (IEEE 802.1D), multiple spanning tree (IEEE 802.1s), and Rapid Spanning Tree
(IEEE 802.1w) support (planned for a future release)
P-bit priority QoS (IEEE 802.1p)
8 class of service queues per port

2.7.3 Optical Transport


6 x 10 GbE/SFP+ plus 18 x GbE (10/100/1000) SFP
Up to 4 optional ODU2 mappers
ITU-T G.975 Generic Forward Error Correction (GFEC) and Enhanced Forward Error Correction
(EFEC)

2.7.4 Interfaces
6 x 10 GbE LAN/WAN and 18 GbE (10/100/1000) LAN
Physical: Front access, SFP+ and SFP

2.7.5 Management
ITU-T G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
SNMP v2
CLI and TL1
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate (TESI provisioning only in this Release)

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 89


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.7.6 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.0 lbs / 1.8 kg

2.7.7 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
Power consumption: 150 watts typical, 180 watts maximum

2.7.8 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.7.9 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 90 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.8 TSW-10G10 Packet Aggregation and Transport Module


The Cyan TSW-10G10 module, designed for Z77 (Z77 and Z77 shelf v2) deployments, provides grooming
and aggregation of TESIs across 10G rings and add/drop capabilities. The TSW-10G10 serves to eliminate
existing fiber patches between PME (PME-412 or PME-216i) line cards used for aggregation; freeing up
multiple PME ports for Ethernet services.
The TSW-10G10 provides four XFP ports and six SFP+ ports. OTU2 and OTU2e with FEC are supported
on every TSW-10G10 port, as well as 10GbE LAN. The TSW-10G10 provides an optional in-band
management channel of up to 100 Mbps in bandwidth.
Working in conjunction with the XC-2800 switch fabric in a Z77 shelf, the TSW-10G10 and the switch
fabric interface supports connection oriented transport for TESI cross-connections. The XC-2800 switch
fabric is fully non-blocking across all 14 Z77 line card slots. For additional information on the XC-2800, see
XC-2800 Switch Fabric starting on page 135.

Figure 42: Z77 TSW-10G10 Module

The graphic below shows an example of the TSW-10G10 deployed in a Z77 with the XC-2800 switch fabric
providing grooming and aggregation for multiple 10G rings.

Z22
Nx
Z33 M
WD
rD GbE
E ove ing Wireless Backhaul
Gb ctor R
Z77 10
Z77 2 x Colle
LAG

Aggregation Ring Z22


Nx10G 10 GbE Ring 10 GbE /
Nx GbE
1/10 GbE Business Ethernet

10
Gb
ER
ing
Z33 Z22
Frees up multiple pairs of
PMEs being used for
grooming and aggregaton XC-2800 and TSW-10G10
Groom and Aggregate xDSL / PON
multiple 10G Rings Residential Broadband

Figure 43: TSW-10G10 Configuration Example

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 91


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The next graphic shows a Z77 shelf (on the left) with eight PME-412 line cards providing aggregation for
only two collector rings per card pair. The Z77 shelf on the right illustrates the advantages of the
TSW-10G10 modules. This Z77 shelf is configured with the XC-2800 switch fabric modules, two PME-412
line cards to provide client UNI interfaces, and four TSW-10G10 (two card pairs). Each TSW-10G10 card
pair is capable of aggregating up to nine collector rings.

Collector Ring Connection


Aggregation Ring Aggregation Ring
Fiber Patch Connection

Aggregation Ring
Connection

PME-412 line cards PME-412 line cards


slots 3 through 10 slots 3 and 4
TSW-10G10 line cards
PME-412 line cards slots 5 through 8
can only aggregate
TSW-10G10 line cards
two collector rings
can aggregate nine
per card pair
rings per card pair
PMEs can only talk TSWs are any-to-any
across the backplane port (any slot)
in slot pairs
PME line cards provide
the UNI interfaces
Front fiber patches
are required PME line cards do not
connect to the TSW line
cards across the backplane
NID NID

Figure 44: Z77 Aggregation Comparison Using TSW-10G10 Line Cards

2.8.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z77, software version Release 4.0 or higher

2.8.2 Interfaces and Optical Transport


All TSW-10G10 ports support OTN and Ethernet.
Up to 4 10GbE LAN/WAN (XFP) 10.325 Gbps
Up to 6 10GbE LAN/WAN (SFP+) 10.325 Gbps
Up to 4 10G OTU2 (XFP) 10.709 Gbps
Up to 6 10G OTU2 (SFP+) 10.709 Gbps
Up to 4 10G OTU2e (XFP) 11.096 Gbps
Up to 6 10G OTU2e (SFP+) 11.096 Gbps
Up to 4 10G OTU1e (XFP) 11.0491 Gbps
Up to 6 10G OTU1e (SFP+) 11.0491 Gbps
G.975 Generic forward error correction (GFEC)
Enhanced G.975.1/App.4 (enhanced FEC)
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP and SFP+ optics

Note: Cyan single-fiber XFP and SFP+ transceiver modules are designed specifically for
datacomm applications. These transceiver modules do not support OTU2 signal types.

P a g e 92 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.8.3 Management
G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI and TL1

2.8.4 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.80 lbs / 2.177 kg

2.8.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
Power consumption: 140 watts typical, 175 watts maximum

Note: This reflects the typical power requirements of 4 XFP and 6 SFP+ transceivers.

2.8.6 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.8.7 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 93


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.9 LAC-8 Lambda Aggregator Module


The Cyan Z-Series Lambda Aggregator CWDM (LAC) terminal multiplexer module provides up to eight
CWDM wavelengths for use in the Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms. Each LAC module provides
optical multiplexing and demultiplexing capability in the 1470nm to 1610nm band with 20nm spacing.
Each LAC module is available with standard 8 20 dB link budgets that typically support up to 80-km spans
(0.25 dB/km).
The primary application of the LAC module is to increase effective fiber capacity by multiplexing multiple
optical signals over a common fiber for multiplexed CWDM transmissions or regeneration. This is achieved
through the optical add/drop capability for up to eight 2.5G wavelengths at each node on a ring or a linear
network. The LAC-8 module provides transponding and muxponding in conjunction with SFT-8 modules.
LAC modules support multiplexing and demultiplexing of wavelengths associated with Cyan Z-Series
transponders, muxponders, Ethernet switch/transport modules, third-party system or third-party CWDM
systems. Cyan LAC modules also support integrated management through an in-band Optical Supervisory
Channel (OSC).

Figure 45: Cyan Z-Series LAC-8 Module

The graphic below shows the block diagram for the Z-Series LAC-8 module.

Figure 46: LAC-8 Block Diagram

2.9.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z33
Cyan Z77

2.9.2 Functional Interfaces


Input: Up to 8 (2.5G) CWDM channels
Output: Up to 8 CWDM wavelengths
Channel spacing: 20nm
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) 100Base-FX Ethernet at 1510nm
Physical: Front Access, Duplex LC/UPC connectors

P a g e 94 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Link budget 8 to 20 dB (up to 80 km with 0.25 dB/km)


Fiber types supported: NSDF (G.652), NZ-DSF (G.655)
Transponding and muxponding in conjunction with SFT modules

2.9.3 Management
DCN connectivity
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1

2.9.4 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4 lbs / 1.8 kg

2.9.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
LAC-8 power consumption: 10 watts typical, 12 watts maximum

2.9.6 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.9.7 LAC-8 Wavelength Assignments

LAC-8 Wavelength Assignment


Wavelength
LAC-8
(nm)
1 1470
2 1490
3 1510
4 1530
5 1550
6 1570
7 1590
8 1610

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 95


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.9.8 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 96 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.10 LAC-4P Lambda Aggregator CWDM Terminal Multiplexer


Cyan also provides the LAC-4P 4-channel CWDM add/drop with Express mux/demux module. The
external module is housed in an industry-standard LGX form factor. The LAC-4 module is a passive
module that provides a 4-port CWDM optical mux/demux capability. It works in conjunction with the
SFT-8 module.
Channel spacing is at 20nm, following the standard CWDM wavelength grid. There are two versions of the
LAC-4P module:
LAC-4P, 1610nm 1550nm
LAC-4P, 1530nm 1470nm
The LGX-compatible form factor allows for simple installation with snap-in mounting. The LAC-4P
modules are installed without tools into any LGX-compatible shelf. You can mount up to three units into a
single LGX passive shelf.
The LAC-4P CWDM modules is deployable in incremental steps. Operators can start out with a 1x4
CWDM multiplexer and, as demand grows, add an additional 1x4 LGX packaged CWDM module to reach
8 wavelengths. Add Additional modules by simply daisy-chaining the units using the LAC-4P Express and
Common ports.
The graphic below shows a wiring example of the LAC-4P module and SFT-8 line card.

Comm In / Comm Out


RX
LAC-4P Wavelength Assignment
To Outside Plant
1470 In / 1470 Out
TX LAC-4P Wavelength
2.5G Wavelengths 1470 1530 (nm)
(CWDM)
1490 In / 1490 Out 1 1470

1510 In / 1510 Out


2 1490
TX
1
RX 3 1510
1530 In / 1530 Out
TX
2 4 1530
RX
Exp In / Exp Out
LAC-4P Wavelength
TX
3
RX
1550 1610 (nm)
TX LAC-4P 5 1550
4
RX

6 1570
TX
5 Comm In / Comm Out
RX 7 1590
TX
6
RX
1550 In / 1550 Out 8 1610

TX 1570 In / 1570 Out


7
RX

TX 1590 In / 1590 Out


8
RX

1610 In / 1610 Out

2.5G Wavelengths
(CWDM) Exp In / Exp Out

LAC-4P

Figure 47: LAC-4P Wiring Example

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 97


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.11 SFT-8 Module Transponder Module


The Cyan Z-Series 8-port SFP Transponder (SFT-8) is a multi-rate module capable of supporting drop or
insert or express traffic in the Z-Series multi-layer transport network platform.

Figure 48: SFT-8 Module

There are three primary applications for the SFT-8 module:


Transponding for Gigabit Ethernet and OC-3/12/48 SONET and STM-1/4/16 SDH services.
High-density Fibre Channel and FICON SAN support on DWDM services.
3R regeneration (re-timing, re-shaping, re-amplification) of up to 2.5G transmit signals.

Up to 4 2.5G Client Up to 4 2.5G Trunk Interfaces


Interfaces (SFPs) (DWDM or CWDM SFPs)

Any Combination of: Transponding


Up to 4 OC-3/12/48 3R Regen
Up to 4 STM-1/4/16 Up to 2.5G wavelengths
Up to 4 100FX, GbE
Up to 4 1G/2G FC, FICON
Up to 4 ESCON, ISC-1, ISC-3

Figure 49: SFT-8 Module Trunk and Client Interfaces

SFT-8 modules provide support for both CWDM and DWDM depending on the type of SFP transceiver
configured:
DWDM is supported in conjunction with LAD-40/LAD-40E or
LAD-8/LAD-8i/LAD-8A/LAD-8E/LAD-8X or LAD-4/LAD-4A or LAD-2P/LAD-2G modules.
CWDM is supported in conjunction with LAC-8 and LAC-4P modules.

SFP Interfaces
The SFT-8 module utilizes eight SFP ports that are grouped in pairs for signal regeneration. The clock and
data recovery device supports any rate between 10 Mbps to 2.7 Gbps.
Line rate:
Minimum 10 Mbps
Maximum 2.7 Gbps
Jitter and Wander GR-253-CORE
All of the SFT-8 ports support both copper SFP and optical SFP transceivers. In copper SFP mode, the
module supports 1000BASE-T mode.

P a g e 98 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the block diagram for the Z-Series SFT-8 module.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 99


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.11.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf)
Cyan Z77
Cyan Z33

2.11.2 Functional Interfaces


2.5G transponder
Client/trunk side interfaces:
Up to 4 OC-3/12/48
Up to 4 STM-1/4/16
Up to 4 100Base-FX, GbE
Up to 4 1G, 2G Fibre Channel (FC), FICON
Up to 4 ESCON, ISC-1, and ISC-3
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics
Line rate, SFP ports:
Minimum 10 Mbps
Maximum 2.7 Gbps
Transponder and regeneration functions in conjunction with Z-Series LAD and LAC modules
OEO Add/Drop full 3R regeneration (re-timing, re-shaping, re-transmit)

2.11.3 Management
Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1

2.11.4 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4 lbs / 1.8 kg

2.11.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
SFT-8 power consumption: 45 watts typical, 50 watts maximum

P a g e 100 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.11.6 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.11.7 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 101


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.12 SFT-10G16 Multi-Rate Transponder Module


The SFT-10G16 is a high-density, multi-rate transponder module for the Cyan Z-Series packet-optical
transport platforms (P-OTPs) that addresses a broad range of service requirements. The SFT-10G16
performs 3R signal regeneration (re-time, re-shape, re-transmit) and wavelength conversion in CWDM and
DWDM applications.
The multi-protocol architecture of the SFT-10G16 extends the reach of client signals such as Fibre Channel,
Ethernet, SONET/SDH and Optical Transport Network (OTN) at data rates ranging from 1.0 to 11.3 Gbps.
The SFT-10G16 provides 16 SFP/SFP+ client or line-side ports.

Figure 50: Z-Series SFT-10G16 Module

The SFT-10G16 module provides the following features and benefits:


Compatible with the Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf), Z33, and Z77 shelves.
Works in conjunction with Z-Series LAD modules.
Client interfaces supported:
GbE (1 Gbps)
10 GbE LAN PHY (10.3 Gbps)
10 GbE WAN PHY (9.9 Gbps)
SONET OC-48, SDH STM-16 (2.5 Gbps)
SONET OC-192, SDH STM-64 (9.9 Gbps)
Fibre Channel 1G/FICON (1.1 Gbps)
Fibre Channel 2G/FICON 2G (2.1 Gbps)
Fibre Channel 4G (4.3 Gbps)
Fibre Channel 8G (8.5 Gbps)
Fibre Channel 10G Serial (10.5 Gbps)
OTU1 (2.7 Gbps)
OTU1e (11 Gbps)
OTU1f (11.3 Gbps)
OTU2 (10.7 Gbps)
OTU2e (11.1 Gbps)
OTU2f (11.3 Gbps)
All client interfaces are carried transparently and the regeneration is protocol agnostic.
High-density design supports up to 16 client or line-side ports.
Pluggable SFP/SFP+ optics support 850nm, 1310nm, 1550nm, CWDM, and ITU-Grid DWDM
wavelengths with transparent wavelength conversion.
Note: Recently introduced Cyan single-fiber XFP and SFP+ transceiver modules are designed
specifically for datacomm applications. These transceiver modules do not support OTU2 signal
types.
SFT-10G16 ports are grouped in pairs (1-2, 3-4, 5-6, and so forth) for signal regeneration.

P a g e 102 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

3R regeneration (re-timing, re-shaping, re-transmit) maintains performance over extended


distances.
Two latency modes:
Low latency (<200 ns) with full 3R regeneration (re-timing, re-shaping, re-transmit). This mode
is typically used in multi-hop configurations and supports a large number of SFT-10G16
regenerations.
Ultra-low latency (< 5 ns) for time-sensitive applications. 2R regeneration (re-shaping and
re-transmit). This mode is limited to two SFT-10G16 regenerations and is typically used in
point-to-point or low-hop count configurations.
Loopback support on all trunk and client interfaces for transmission testing.
Passive 1+1 optical protection provided on client and trunk interfaces using Cyan Transport
Protection Module (TPM) and Optical Protection Switch (OPS) equipment.
The graphic below shows the SFT-10G16 block diagram.

Figure 51: SFT-10G16 Block Diagram

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 103


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.12.1 SFT-10G16 Applications


WDM private line connectivity for a variety of different client protocols at rates from 1.0 to 11.3 Gbps.
Transparent 3R O-E-O regeneration for reach extension.
Any-to-any wavelength translation where optical signals are received, transponded, and retransmitted
on a different wavelength.

2.12.2 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf) software Release 4.0 or higher
Cyan Z33 software Release 4.0 or higher
Cyan Z77 software Release 4.0 or higher

2.12.3 Management
Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI and TL1

2.12.4 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 5.8 lbs / 2.631 kg

2.12.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
SFT-10G16 power consumption: 75 watts typical, 80 watts maximum

2.12.6 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.12.7 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 104 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.13 DTM-100G Transponder Module


The Z-Series DTM-100G is a single-port 100 Gbps single-slot transponder module providing DWDM
interfaces for the Cyan Z22 (-48V), Z33, and Z77 100 Gbps transponder solutions. The DTM-100G is fully
compatible with existing Z-Series DWDM components including LAD modules and WSS ROADM
modules. This allows the mixing of 10G and 100G waves over the same fiber.
The OIF standard integrated DWDM network interface includes coherent detection support to enable
greater reach, spectral efficiency, and network simplicity. The optical transport network is simplified by
mitigating the need for external dispersion compensation by through integrated electronic compensation for
Chromatic Dispersion (CD) and Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD).
The DTM-100G module receives a C Form-Factor Pluggable (CFP)-based 100 GbE and generates a
100 Gbps ITU grid wave. On the client side, the DTM-100G module accepts either 100GE or OTU4
(GFEC) and re-maps the client signal into an OTU4 on the line side. The line side OTU4 is encoded with
either standard G.709 GFEC or a higher gain HG-FEC.
The integrated transport functionality includes the following:
Integrated Optical Internetworking Forum (OIF)-based Coherent C-band tunable 100G optics.
Coherent detection.
Dual-Polarization, Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (DP-QPSK).
50 GHz spacing, tunable.
1500 km reach.
Integrated Chromatic Dispersion and Polarization Mode Dispersion processing.
On-board optical module.
CFP client-side optics:
100GBASE-SR10 (100m, 850nm, MMF).
100GBASE-LR4 (10 km, 1310nm, SMF).
100 GbE client-signal support.
Supported in Z22, Z33, and Z77 shelves.
Hitless upgrade.
Supported over Cyan 10G networks.
Co-exist with 10G waves on the same network.

Capabilities are based on OIF 100G DWDM module, OTU4 and FEC standards.

Figure 52: Z-Series DTM-100G Transponder Module

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 105


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the DTM-100G transponder and OTN functional block diagram.
DTM-100G Transponder + OTN

100G
ODU4 100G DWDM
100G CFP Interface Tunable
Mapper ITU Wave
Transponder

Figure 53: DTM-100G Transponder and OTN Functional Block Diagram

The graphic below shows the block diagram for the Z-Series DTM-100G module.

100G OTN Digital Termination Module (DTM-100G)

Faceplate

P1
Rx
100G DWDM
MSA
Tx

100G Framer/
OTN Wrapper

P2
Rx
100G CFP
(PLUGGABLE)
Tx
Legend: optical
electrical
Figure 54: DTM-100G Transponder Block Diagram

The DTM-100G transponder module provides the following features and benefits:
Cyan Z22, Z33, and Z77 compatible for common sparing, inventory and operational consistency.
100G DWDM transponder interface.
OIF and ITU standards based.
Loopback support on both DWDM trunk and client interfaces.
Flexible, pluggable client optics with CFP support.
Complements Z-Series LAD and WSS modules.
Mix 10G and 100G channels.

P a g e 106 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Simplified A-to-Z provisioning services across multi-layer OTN and DWDM.


G.975 generic forward error correction (GFEC) on DWDM trunk (56dB link improvement).
OTU4 trail trace identifiers on DWDM trunks for granular tracking and visibility.
Span-by-span, per-service transmit and receive performance monitoring with 15-min and 24-hr
Performance Monitoring statistics for trend analysis.

Network Planning Considerations


100G does not require DCMs due to its integrated dispersion compensation capability.
100G is compatible with deployed 10G DCMs.
Compliments the Z-Series LAD and WSS line cards.

2.13.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf) software Release 4.2 or higher
Cyan Z33 software Release 4.2 or higher
Cyan Z77 software Release 4.2 or higher

2.13.2 DTM-100G Applications


The DTM-100G transponder module provides a 100G ITU wave for DWDM transport, with optional 100G
OTU4 mapping for enhanced performance and management in Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms.
The DTM-100G module transports 100G waves over a DWDM network that is typically all optical such as
point-to-point or a ROADM network. The module is typically deployed in the core network or in
high-density metro areas.

2.13.3 Interfaces
Integrated coherent DWDM optics
Based on OIF standard
Coherent detection
Dual-Polarization, Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (DP-QPSK)
1500km reach
Tunable C-band
50GHz spacing
Integrated electronic compensation for Chromatic Dispersion and Polarization Mode
Dispersion
LC Duplex Line port
Internal 5x7 Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) standard module
OTU4 (GFEC, HG-FEC)
Client-side CFP optics
100GBase-SR10 (100M , 850 nm, MMF)
100GBase-LR4 (10Km, 1310nm, SMF)
Additional CFP modules will be qualified based on market availability
All CFP modules with 10x10 electrical interface supported

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 107


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.13.4 Optical Transport


100G wave
50/100 GHz ITU grid support
Tunable across the C-band
Coherent detection
PM-QPSK modulation
OTU4 mapping
G.975 Generic forward error correction (GFEC) and High Gain Forward Error correction
(HG-FEC)

2.13.5 Management
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate across multi-layer OTN and DWDM
G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
DCM connectivity
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1
EMS-based integration creates end-to-end OAM regardless of topology or packet/OTN mixed links
Guarantees and verifies SLA conformance

2.13.6 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 8.94 lbs / 4.06 kg

2.13.7 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
DTM-100G power consumption: 165 watts typical, 180 watts maximum

2.13.8 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

P a g e 108 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.13.9 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 109


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.14 MSE-1482 Multiservice SONET/SDH Aggregation/ Transport


The Cyan Z-Series Multiservice SONET/SDH Element (MSE-1482) is an advanced SONET/SDH
aggregation and transport module, with integrated OTN transport supporting the Z-Series multi-layer
transport platforms. The MSE-1482 module provides a full 10G transport of SONET, SDH, and Ethernet
services with non-blocking STS cross-connects for aggregation and grooming (including hairpin capability)
across a wide range of SFP/XFP pluggable interfaces.
Each MSE-1482 module supports up to:
1 10G interface with OTN encapsulation (OTU2)
4 OC-48 or STM-16 interfaces
8 OC-3, OC-12, STM-1, or STM-4 interfaces (any combination)
2 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces supporting Ethernet over SONET/SDH (EoS)
The module supports STS-1/Nc level aggregation and grooming with transport for maximum operational
efficiency.
Two equipped MSE-1482 modules provide for 1+1 equipment protection. The MSE-1482 also supports
optional UPSR/SNCP ring protection and unidirectional 1+1 Line protection.

Figure 55: Cyan Z-Series MSE-1482 Module

ODU2
Mapper
60G
16 Client Interfaces (SFPs) Non-Blocking
ODU0/flex/1 2 x OTU2 10G Trunk Interfaces
(XFPs)
Cross-Connect
Any Combination:
GbE ODU2
Mapper
OC-3/12 or 48
STM-1/4 or 16

Figure 56: MSE-1482 Trunk and Client Interfaces

The MSE-1482 module provides high capacity SONET, SDH, and EoS services transport with 10G OTU2
for enhanced performance and management in the Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms.

P a g e 110 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Two MSE-1482 modules paired together in odd/even slots provide non-blocking STS-N connectivity
between the line cards. The graphic below shows an example of cross-connects between a pair of MSE-1482
modules.

OC-192/ OC-192/
STM-64 STM-64

STS STS
X-conn X-conn

OC-48/STM-16 OC-48/STM-16
OC-12/STM-4 OC-12/STM-4
OC-3/STM1 OC-3/STM1
GbE GbE

Figure 57: MSE-1482 Any-to-Any Cross-Connect Capabilities

Note: Ring Closure Modules (RCMs) are required when using an MSE-1482 card pair in a Z77 shelf for
the following applications:
Cross-connecting MSE-1482 STS/AUG containers by creating SONET/SDH connections.
(A cross-connect is provisioned to groom traffic between a client optical port and the 10G uplink
port. Client and uplink ports can be on different cards in an MSE-1482 card pair.)
Pass-through connections between uplink ports. (Pass-through traffic is groomed by
cross-connecting to different STS structures on the uplink ports in an MSE-1482 card pair.)
MSE-1482 SONET/SDH protection groups.
For the MSE-1482 applications described above, the Z77 shelf is typically configured with four RCMs.
All four RCMs must be installed in the horizontal EFM slots. RCMs are not required for the Z22 or Z33
shelf. For additional information on the RCMs, see Ring Closure Modules starting on page 135.
You can install MSE-1482 line cards in a Z77 shelf supported by the XC-2800 switch fabric. The
XC-2800 switch fabric module provides supports the MSE-1482 in a standalone muxponder
configuration. However, the XC-2800 switch fabric module does not support MSE-1482 card-to-card
backplane cross-connections or protection.

MSE-1482 SONET/SDH Protection Groups


Planet Operate provides SONET/SDH 1+1 protection groups for the MSE-1482 line card per ITU-T G.841,
G.842, G.808.1, and Telcordia GR-253. Line and Path layer protection are supported. Path protection refers
to Unidirectional Path Switched Ring (UPSR) or Subnetwork Connection Protection (SNCP). Cyan
SONET/SDH protection groups provide reliable protection for facility and hardware failures.
The protection mechanism splits the input signal at the point where it enters the Cyan transport network.
Copies of the traffic are transmitted in diverse routes using a working channel and a protect channel. Both
copies of the signal (working and protect) are monitored for quality. At the far-end, where the traffic is
dropped, traffic from the working and protect channels is compared. If the working transmission does not
have an acceptable signal quality, the system switches to the protect channel.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 111


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Protection groups provide both revertive and non-revertive switching options. In revertive mode, the
equipment switches back to the working channel automatically after the working channel has recovered
from the failure that caused the switch and the provisioned time period to revert has elapsed. In
non-revertive mode, the equipment does not automatically switch from the protect channel to the working
channel after the working channel has recovered from the failure.
The figure below shows an example of UPSR/SNCP Path protection and Line protection 1+1 unidirectional
configurations.

OC-3/12/48
Line Protection 1+1 Unidirectional

Path Protection
OC-3/12/48
UPSR/SNCP
UPSR/SNCP

OC-3/12/48
Line Protection 1+1 Unidirectional

OC-3/12/48
UPSR/SNCP

Figure 58: MSE-1482 Path (UPSR or SNCP) and Line Protection

For detailed information on provisioning SONET/SDH protection groups using the MSE-1482 modules, see
the Planet Operate User Guide.

Trunk Interface
Line format:
OTU2 GFEC G.975, 10.709 Gbps
OTU2 UFEC G.975.1 Appendix 7, 11.095 Gbps

Client Interfaces
Line format:
SONET/SDH OC-48/STM-16 (4x), 2488.32 Mbps
Ethernet GE (2x), 1000.00 Mbps
SONET/SDH OC-3/12 or STM-1/4 (8x), 155.52/622.08 Mbps

P a g e 112 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the MSE-1482 block diagram.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 113


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.14.1 Applications
SONET/SDH ring aggregation, grooming and transport over 10G OTN
Ethernet over SONET/SDH (EoS) transport over 10G OTN
SONET/SDH transparent line service
(The entire SONET Line layer or the SDH Multiplex Section with all of its overhead is transported.)

2.14.2 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf)
Cyan Z33
Cyan Z77

2.14.3 Functional Interfaces


Client-side interfaces (SFP pluggable):
Up to 4 OC-48 or STM-16
Up to 8 OC-3, OC-12 or STM-1, STM-4
Up to 2 GbE (EoS)
Trunk-side interface (XFP pluggable): 1 OTU2 (OTU2/ODU2) with G.709 digital wrapper
G.975 Generic forward error correction (GFEC)
G.975.1 Appendix 7 Ultra forward error correction (UFEC)
Physical: Front access, fixed wavelength XFP optics

2.14.4 GbE Support


Gigabit Ethernet over SONET/SDH (EoS) mapped, GFP

2.14.5 Timing / Synchronization


Freerun Stratum 3 with holdover
BITS timing over primary and secondary DS1/E1 references
Line timing from synchronous optical interfaces for primary and secondary references

2.14.6 Management
G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1
EMS-based integration creates end-to-end OAM regardless of topology or packet/OTN mixed links

P a g e 114 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.14.7 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.4 lbs / 1.99 kg

2.14.8 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
MSE-1482 power consumption: 90 watts typical, 100 watts maximum

2.14.9 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.14.10 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 115


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.15 FLX-216i Multi-Rate OTN Muxponder Module


The Cyan Z-Series FLX-216i is a multi-rate OTN muxponder I-Temp module. The FLX-216i module is a
highly scalable OTN switching and muxponder optimized for deployments in network transport
applications. The environmentally hardened FLX-216i module provides two XFP-based OTU2 ports and
sixteen SFP-based client ports. The SFP ports support the following service interfaces:
Optical GbE
OC-3/12/48
STM-1/4/16
The FLX-216i module provides OTN-level multiplexing of GbE, OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, and
OC-48/STM-16 signals into two OTU2 signals. OC-48/STM-16 is mapped to ODU1 (2.5G). OC-3/STM-1,
OC-12/STM-4, and GbE are mapped to ODU0 (1.25G). The minimum cross-connect level is ODU0. There
is a maximum of eight ODU0 per 10G trunk interface. A maximum of eight OC-48/STM-16 interfaces can
be mapped to 2 x OTU2 (20G).
The FLX-216i module also provides non-blocking OTN cross-connect function across all the ports on a
module. The cross-connect function is performed at the ODU0 and ODU1 levels. Trunk port to trunk port
cross-connections are also supported.
The FLX-216i OTN muxponder module provides the following features and benefits:
Aggregation and transport of Ethernet and SONET/SDH over the same wavelength.
Pluggable optics provides for DWDM applications and flexibility in optical module reach.
High-capacity 60 Gbps non-blocking OTN (ODU0/ODU1) cross-connect fabric capacity ensures
scalable performance.
High-density design is optimized for edge applications.
Environmentally hardened for deployment in remote cabinets.

Note: Facility protection and equipment protection configured with a protected card pair
interconnected across the backplane is not supported.

The graphic below shows the FLX-216i trunk and client interfaces functional block diagram and the OTN
muxponder function.

Figure 59: FLX-216i Trunk and Client Interfaces

P a g e 116 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the block diagram for the Z-Series FLX-216i module.

A total of eight (8) client ports, numbered 3 through 10, are supported by a 10G OTN mapper in the
FLX-216i module and another eight client ports, numbered 11 through 18, are supported by a separate 10G
OTN mapper. Although you can configure any combination of supported signal types in either set of eight
client ports, the total data rate for each set (after mapping into ODU0, 1.25G, and ODU1, 2.5G) cannot
exceed 10G. For example, a 10G OTN mapper supports eight ODU0 or four ODU1 client signals.

Note: The block diagram above reflects support for card-to-card traffic, which is not supported in
Release 4.3 and 5.0. The FLX-216i module in Release 4.3 and 5.0 supports single-card muxing.
Support for card-to-card traffic is planned for a future Release.

2.15.1 System Requirements


Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf) software Release 4.3 or higher
Cyan Z33 software Release 4.3 or higher
Cyan Z77 software Release 4.3 or higher

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 117


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.15.2 Applications
Optimized for diverse Ethernet and TDM applications, including:
Multi-rate, multi-service muxponder for transport applications
Aggregating last-mile broadband access platforms

2.15.3 Interfaces
2 XFP-based 10 Gbps ports configured as 10G OTU2 ports
16 SFP-based ports configured as GbE, OC-3/12/48, or STM-1/4/16

2.15.4 OTN Multiplexing and Cross-Connect Formats


ODU0
ODU1
ODUflex (planned for a future Release)

2.15.5 Optical Transport


Up to two 10G OTU2 signals per module
G.709 RS FEC (6.2 dB coding gain)
G.975.1 Annex 1.4 Strong FEC (8.9 dB coding gain)
G.975.1 Annex 1.7 Strong FEC (8.4 dB coding gain) (planned for a future Release)

2.15.6 Management
Planet Operate
A Z circuit provisioning using Planet Operate
SNMP v2
CLI
TL1
G.709 and OTN support on all DWDM interfaces
EMS-based integration creates end-to-end OAM regardless of topology or packet/OTN mixed links

2.15.7 Physical
Module dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Weight: 4.4 lbs / 1.99 kg

2.15.8 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
FLX-216i power consumption: 100 watts typical, 127 watts maximum

P a g e 118 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.15.9 Environmental
-40F to +149F / -40C to +65C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

2.15.10 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 119


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.16 WSS-402 and WSS-404 Wavelength Selective Switch


The Cyan Z-Series WSS-402 and WSS-404 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) single-slot modules are
two-degree and four-degree "Reconfigurable Optical Add Drop Multiplexer (ROADM)-on-a-blade,"
respectively, with support for 40 ITU channels spaced at 100 GHz in the C-band. Two WSS-402 modules
are required to support a two-degree ROADM node, which means a WSS-402 module is required per
direction (East or West). Four WSS-404 modules are required to support a four-degree ROADM node,
which means a WSS-404 module is required per direction (East, West, North, or South). WSS-404 and
AWG-40 Array Wave Guide modules may be installed in one to four separate Cyan shelves in a four-degree
ROADM configuration.
Available with a standard 28-dB link budget, which typically supports up to 112-km non-repeatered spans,
both 40-channel WSS modules are full ROADM with Optical-Optical-Optical (OOO) switching and optical
pass through. Both pre- and boost amplification are included with automatic gain amplification and span
activation. The WSS-402 and WSS-404 modules dynamically balance all wavelengths at 100 GHz spacing
on the ITU grid.
Both of the Cyan WSS modules also supply channel monitors, integrated management through an in-band
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC), and DCN management connectivity to provide node-to-node
communications. A facility for mid-span dispersion compensation is available as well an express port for
OOO pass-through wavelengths. For the WSS-402 modules, express ports are interconnected with a fiber
jumper to build optical express connectivity. For the WSS-404 module, the express port is connected to an
external optical fabric cross-connect OFX-4 (Optical Fiber Switch) module which routes wavelengths.

WSS-402

WSS-404

Figure 60: WSS-402 and WSS-404 Wavelength Selective Switch Modules

Applications
The primary application of the WSS modules is to increase effective fiber capacity by multiplexing multiple
10G wavelengths over a common fiber. This is achieved through the optical add/drop capability for up to 40
wavelengths at each node in a ring, mesh, or linear configuration. The modules minimize intermediate
regeneration through OOO capability. The WSS modules support pass-through wavelengths sent from Cyan
Z-Series transponders, muxponders, aggregation/transport modules, Ethernet switch/transport modules, or
third-party systems equipped with ITU-compatible optics.

P a g e 120 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

WSS Modules Paired with the AWG-40


Each WSS module requires an associated AWG-40 Array Wave Guide unit for add/drop traffic. Individual
wavelengths are added and/or dropped using the passive AWG-40 2 RU module. The AWG-40 module
allows multiplexing and de-multiplexing any of the 40 channels supported by the WSS. The AWG-40
module connects to the WSS COM port through a fiber jumper. The individual channels on the AWG-40
module are then connected to the appropriate Z-Series line card DWDM XFP transceiver or third-party
equipment using a fiber jumper.
AWG-40 Array Wave Guide

Figure 61: AWG-40 External Module

Dispersion Compensating Modules (DCMs) may be used to support the WSS module. The Cyan DCMs are
based on Fiber Bragg Gratings (FBGs) and exhibit lower loss than standard fiber-based DCMs. The DCMs
are housed in a standard LGX module, allowing three DCMs to be installed in a 1 RU, 19-inch rackmount
shelf/frame. The DCMs are connected to a WSS module Mid-stage port using a fiber jumper.

Note: If a DCM is required with a WSS module, you must use a Fiber Bragg Grating DCM. If a DCM
is not required for your configuration, a 3dB loopback attenuator must be connected to the WSS
Mid-stage port. The loopback attenuator is provided as part of the WSS-402 Fiber Jumper Kit and
the WSS-404 Fiber Jumper Kit.

The diagram below shows an example of WSS-402 modules, AWG-40 modules, and DTM-8 line cards in a
two-degree, East/West connectivity configuration.

Add/Drop
We

st

Express AWG-40
Ea
st

Traffic Modules
DTM-8
WSS-402 WSS-402 Modules
West

East

Pass-Through
AWG-40 AWG-40
OOO Traffic

West East
Add/Drop Add/Drop WSS-402
Modules

Figure 62: Z77 Shelf, WSS-402, DTM-8, and AWG-40 Two-Degree Configuration Example

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 121


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

ROADMs allow for the non-blocking control of all wavelengths through software. Unlike OEO systems, no
new equipment is required at intermediate nodes for express services. The graphic shows an example of the
East/West optical AMP for transmit and receive with two WSS-402 modules through the DTM-8 line card.

West East

RX TX
VOA VOA

RX AWG TX AWG

DTM-8

Figure 63: WSS-402 AMP Optical RX and TX Paths

WSS-404 Four-Degree Optical Switching


The WSS-404 allows you to automatically control a wavelength to be routed to any of the four directions of
a multi-degree ROADM node. Four WSS-404 modules are required to support a four-degree optical
switching configuration, that is, a WSS-404 is required per direction (East, West, North, or South). Express
channels are transmitted to the external optical fabric cross connect (OFX-4) module. Each channel on the
AWG-40 module is connected to the appropriate Z-Series line card DWDM XFP using a fiber jumper.
OFX-4 in CyMS 3D view

OFX-4 passive LGX module

Inner fiber connections

1 2 3 4 OFX-4 ports 1 thru 4

Figure 64: OFX-4 Module External Optical Fabric Cross-Connect

P a g e 122 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The diagram below shows the relationship of the four WSS-404 modules paired with AWG-40 modules and
express channels passing through the OFX-4 module. This configuration provides four-degree optical
switching (East, West, North, and South).

Figure 65: WSS-404 Four-Degree Optical Switching

The OFX-4 module is a passive device that allows inter-connectivity for up to four WSS-404 modules. The
OFX-4 contains the fiber mesh for interconnection of fibers between the four WSS-404 modules. Each
WSS-404 has a direct point-to-point fiber connection to the other three WSS-404 modules. To simplify the
fiber connectivity between the WSS-404 modules, the fiber mesh resulting from the interconnection of

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 123


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

WSS-404 modules is housed in the OFX-4 module. A multi-fiber patch cord with MPO connectors
interconnects each WSS-404 module to the OFX-4.
The OFX-4 module has an LGX form factor. You can install up to three LGX modules in a single 1 RU
LGX bracket.

WSS Ports
Line port multiplexes DWDM channels, connects to outside plant fiber
Express port for OOO pass-through wavelength channels
Mid-stage port connects to the appropriate Dispersion Compensating Module
COM port connects to the AWG-40 module

Key Features and Benefits


Supports 40 channels in the C-band (192.1 THz 196.0 THz), 100 GHz channel ITU grid spacing
High-performance fiber transport capacity expansion by multiplexing up to forty 10G wavelengths
per fiber
Mid-stage access for deployment of DCMs
Integrated 1510nm Optical Supervisory Channel
Modular additions and channel count selection allows right sizing and cost optimization
In-service upgrades from 8-wavelength LAD-8, LAD-8i, LAD-8A, LAD-8E, and LAD-8X
modules to 40-wavelength WSS modules
Alien wavelength support without the use of incremental transponder cards
Dynamic RX gain control
Real-time detection and compensation of any changes in fiber loss
Automatic transmit power balancing
Any broadband tilt or single-channel power offsets are accounted for in the WSS module to
ensure optimal Optical Signal to Noise Ratio (OSNR) performance at the receiver
Supports manual gain tilt control. Gain tilt can occur when channel gain is not flat upon reaching the
optical amplifier. In this situation, higher signals receive more power, while lower signals receive
less power.
Transmit and receive power monitoring
All provisioned wavelengths are monitored at one-second intervals to detect any deviation from
expected values
Planet Operate displays current and historical Performance Monitoring (PM) data
Link budget (with 80 km DWDM XFPs):
28 dB (~ 112 km span)
Up to ten 80 km spans are supported without optical regeneration

P a g e 124 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The number of hops supported in the OOO configuration varies based on the maximum length of
each hop as shown in the table below:

Maximum Number
Loss per Fiber Span
of Fiber Hops
18 dB 10+

20 dB 10
22 dB 8

24 dB 6

26 dB 5

28 dB 3

WSS-402 Block Diagram

Figure 66: WSS-402 DWDM Diagram

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 125


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.16.1 WSS DWDM Specifications

WSS-402
Number of DWDM Channels 40
Channel Spacing 100 GHz
Minimum Frequency (Ch 1) 192.1 THz 1560.61nm
Maximum Frequency (Ch 40) 196.0 THz 1529.55nm
Booster Attenuation Range 1 30 dB Adjustable
Booster EDFA Gain 17 dB Minimum
Booster EDFA NF 8.5 dB Maximum
Booster EDFA Output Power +20 dBm Maximum
Preamp EDFA Gain 15 30 dB Adjustable
Preamp EDFA Input Power -28.5 dB Minimum
Preamp EDFA NF 5.5 dB @ max gain 11.5 dB @ min gain
Preamp EDFA Mid-Stage Loss No Mid-Stage
Preamp EDFA Output Power +17.5 dBm Maximum
WSS Insertion Loss 5 dB Typical
WSS Channel Attenuation 0 15 dB
Minimum Channel Tx Launch Power -7 dBm
Maximum Channel Tx Launch Power +2 dBm
Link Budget 8 28 dB
DCM Loss 1.5 3 dB

WSS-404
Number of DWDM Channels 40
Channel Spacing 100 GHz
Minimum Frequency (Ch 1) 192.1 THz 1560.61nm
Maximum Frequency (Ch 40) 196.0 THz 1529.55nm
Booster Attenuation Range 1 30 dB Adjustable
Booster EDFA Gain 22 dB Minimum
Booster EDFA NF 6 dB Maximum
Booster EDFA Output Power +20 dBm Maximum
Preamp EDFA Gain 19 34 dB Adjustable
Preamp EDFA Input Power -29.5 dB Minimum
Preamp EDFA NF 5.5 dB @ max gain 11.5 dB @ min gain
Preamp EDFA Mid-Stage Loss 0 4.5 dB
Preamp EDFA Output Power 20 dBm Maximum
WSS Insertion Loss 9.5 dB Typical
WSS Channel Attenuation 0 15 dB
Minimum Channel Tx Launch Power -7 dBm
Maximum Channel Tx Launch Power +2 dBm
Link Budget 8 28 dB
DCM Loss 1.5 3 dB

P a g e 126 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.16.2 WSS OSC Specifications


Frequency: 198.5 THz 1510nm
Data Format: 100Base-FX Ethernet
Maximum TX Power: 5 dBm
Minimum TX Power: -1 dBm
Maximum RX Power: -3 dBm
Minimum RX Power: -33 dBm
OSC Link Budget: 32 dB

2.16.3 System Requirements


Cyan Z77
Cyan Z33
Cyan Z22 (-48V shelf)

2.16.4 Physical
WSS-402 and WSS-404 module dimensions: AWG-40 dimensions:
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm Depth: 10.1" / 256.6 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm Width: 19.0" / 482.6 mm
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm Height: 3.47" / 88.1 mm, 2 RU
Weight: 8.4 lbs / 3.7 kg Weight: 10.0 lbs / 4.5 kg

2.16.5 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
WSS-402 module power consumption: 50 watts typical, 65 watts maximum
WSS-404 module power consumption: 60 watts typical, 65 watts maximum
The AWG-40 module is a passive device.

2.16.6 Environmental
+32F to +122F / 0C to +50C operating temperature
5% to 85% operating relative humidity (non-condensing)
13,000 feet (4,000 m) altitude

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 127


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.16.7 WSS/AWG-40 Wavelength Assignments

WSS-402 WSS-402
Wavelength ITU Wavelength ITU
WSS-404 WSS-404
(nm) Channel (nm) Channel
AWG-40 AWG-40
1 1560.61 21 21 1544.53 41
2 1559.79 22 22 1543.73 42
3 1558.98 23 23 1542.94 43
4 1558.17 24 24 1542.14 44
5 1557.36 25 25 1541.35 45
6 1556.55 26 26 1540.56 46
7 1555.75 27 27 1539.77 47
8 1554.94 28 28 1538.98 48
9 1554.13 29 29 1538.19 49
10 1553.33 30 30 1537.40 50
11 1552.52 31 31 1536.61 51
12 1551.72 32 32 1535.82 52
13 1550.92 33 33 1535.04 53
14 1550.12 34 34 1534.25 54
15 1549.32 35 35 1533.47 55
16 1548.51 36 36 1532.68 56
17 1547.72 37 37 1531.90 57
18 1546.92 38 38 1531.12 58
19 1546.12 39 39 1530.33 59
20 1545.32 40 40 1529.55 60

2.16.8 Compliance / Safety


NEBS 3 Certified (GR-63 CORE, GR-1089)
UL/CSA Listed
UE/CE-Marked: EN 60950, EN 55022, EN 6 1000, ETSI EN 300 386 V.1.3.3
CB Scheme Certified 60950
FCC, Subpart B, Part 15, Class A
RoHS compliant

P a g e 128 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.17 Broadband Operating System Supervisor


The Broadband Operating System Supervisor (BOSS) card provides common control functionality to Cyan
Z77 nodes. At least one BOSS card is required in each Z77 shelf. Slots 1 and 2 of the chassis house
redundant BOSS cards. BOSS cards power the management plane, provide management and timing
interfaces, and contain the main system memory. In a network of Cyan nodes, BOSS cards on each Z77
node communicate with other nodes via a dedicated management LAN carried over the Optical Supervisory
Channel (OSC).
This release introduces the BOSS2 shelf control card.
The BOSS2 supports enhanced packet scalability,
including support for more than 500 Flow Domains.
The BOSS2 card is recommended for Z77 shelves
configured with the XC-2800 switch fabric modules.
BOSS or BOSS2 shelf control cards are typically
deployed in fault-tolerant pairs. The Cyan operating
system (CyOS) continually monitors both cards, elects
master and standby processors and checkpoints all data
between cards to ensure consistency. Going beyond
typical master/slave capabilities, CyOS maintains
existing dataplane connections even if both
BOSS/BOSS2 cards are removed from the chassis.
Each BOSS/BOSS2 control card maintains a gigabit
Ethernet connection to all other line cards. This
network is used for all inter-shelf communications.
BOSS/BOSS2 cards serve as staging locations for code
upgrades, distributing code to all the line cards on each
shelf to simplify and accelerate the upgrade process.
BOSS/BOSS2 cards receive status, alarm, and
statistical information from all line cards. The
information is presented on standard interfaces (e.g.,
SNMP, syslog).
Located in the rear termination area of each Z77 shelf,
a BOSS Termination Module (BTM) houses the
physical connectors for management and timing
interfaces. A single BTM connects to both BOSS cards
in a redundant design. The BTM contains no active
electronics that can affect system reliability.
The BOSS/BOSS2 card includes a Stratum 3 compliant
timing subsystem. Timing inputs include DS1/E1, 64K
composite clock, 2M, and backplane sources. Line
cards supply clock references on one of two available
backplane busses. The BOSS/BOSS2 card distributes
8 kHz and 19.44 MHz references to all line cards in the
Z77 shelf and also supports DS1/E1 derived timing
outputs.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 129


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.17.1 Shelf Compatibility


Cyan Z77
Note: The BOSS2 module requires software Release 5.0 or higher.

2.17.2 CPU
1 GHz
8 GB

2.17.3 RAM
BOSS: 1 GB
BOSS2: 4 GB

2.17.4 Timing
Stratum 3

2.17.5 Craft
1 x 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45, faceplate mounted

2.17.6 Physical
BOSS
Module dimensions:
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Weight: 3.575 lbs. / 1.622 kg
BOSS2
Module dimensions:
Height: 13.8" / 350 mm
Depth: 11.6" / 295 mm
Width: 1.2" / 30.5 mm
Weight: 4.0 lbs. / 1.814 kg

2.17.7 Power
BOSS and BOSS2 power consumption: 37 watts typical, 45 watts maximum

2.17.8 Compliance
UL
NEBS Level 3
IEC 60950
EN
P a g e 130 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1
Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.17.9 Electrical
Low-voltage shutdown -32V (ramping down from a normal-on condition)
Low-voltage turn-on -36V (ramping up from an under-voltage condition)
High-voltage shutdown -77V (ramping up from a normal-on condition)
High-voltage turn-on -72V (ramping down from an over-voltage condition)

2.18 BOSS Termination Module


The BOSS Termination Module (BTM) provides physical termination for the various alarm and
management interfaces supported by the BOSS (BOSS and BOSS2) cards. One BTM connects to both Z77
BOSS shelf control cards simultaneously, and uses two slots at the rear of the Z77 shelf. This allows either
BOSS card to serve as master and access all the physical connections to the system. The BTM contains no
active components, except for relays used for BOSS failover and a small EEPROM for inventory purposes.

Ports and connectors on the BTM include five types:


System alarm outputs
Environmental alarm inputs and outputs
Timing inputs and outputs
Ethernet ports (4)
RS-232 port (reserved for future use)
Each of the three terminal blocks are removable for easier wiring. The external alarm
inputs and outputs are all software configurable.
The Ethernet interface, labeled MGMT1, provides access to the out-of-band Data
Communication Network (DCN). The DCN is used as a communication network for
network management. These interfaces support VLANs and make use of OSPF
routing on the BOSS cards. The ports are typically connected to an Ethernet switch
used for management networking.
The iLAN Ethernet interfaces provide DCN connectivity and make use of OSPF
routing (iLAN to iLAN connection). The ports are typically connected to an Ethernet
switch used for management networking. The iLAN ports provide IP access to
secondary shelves (Z22, Z33, and other Z77 nodes).

Figure 67: Z77 BTM

BTM Alarm Inputs


The alarm inputs detect an alarm by an external relay contact closure. The alarm inputs on the BTM have a
maximum current draw of 20 mA.
Maximum
Alarm Inputs
Current Draw
ACO 20 mA
IN1 20 mA
IN2 20 mA

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 131


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Maximum
Alarm Inputs
Current Draw
IN3 20 mA
IN4 20 mA
IN5 20 mA

BTM Alarm Outputs


The alarm outputs provide a contact closure through a relay. The maximum switching voltage is 100 VDC
and the maximum switching current is 300 mA.
Maximum Maximum
Alarm Outputs
Voltage Current
Critical 100 VDC 300 mA
Major 100 VDC 300 mA
Minor 100 VDC 300 mA
Audible 100 VDC 300 mA
FailSafe 100 VDC 300 mA
ENV_OUT1 100 VDC 300 mA
ENV_OUT2 100 VDC 300 mA

BTM Alarm Pinouts


The BTM pinouts for the system and environmental alarms connector are shown in the following tables:

System Alarms Connector Environmental Alarms Connector

Pin Description Pin Description


12 CRIT_NO 14 OUT1_NO
11 CRIT_C 13 OUT1_C
10 MAJ_NO 12 OUT2_NO
9 MAJ-C 11 OUT2_C
8 MIN_NO 10 IN1_+
7 MIN_C 9 IN1_COM
6 AUD_NO 8 IN2_+
5 AUD_C 7 IN2_COM
4 FAIL_NC 6 IN3_+
3 FAIL_C 5 IN3_COM
2 ACO_+ 4 IN4_+
1 ACO_COM 3 IN4_COM

2 IN5_+
1 IN5_COM

P a g e 132 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The following table shows the BTM port / connection type, number / detail (inputs and outputs), and
physical connector types:
Port / Connection Type Number Connector Notes

7 Outputs
Alarms Terminal Block 2 signals per port
6 - Inputs

2 Outputs
Timing Terminal Block Each signal is a differential pair
4 - Inputs

Ethernet 4 RJ-45 Management / iLAN

RS-232 1 RJ-45 Reserved for future use

The external alarm inputs and outputs are all software configurable.
Four Ethernet interfaces provide autosensing 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet connectivity to the BOSS cards.
Typically, MGMT1 is used to access the Data Communication Network (DCN) that is available over the
DWDM interfaces. This DCN is used as a communication network for network management.

Note: The RS-232 port provides an interface for future use. Currently, this port should only be
used by (or at the direction of) Cyan TAC personnel.

2.18.1 Shelf Compatibility


Cyan Z77

2.18.2 Physical
Module dimensions:
Height: 9.2" / 234 mm
Width: 2.4" / 61 mm
Depth: 3.5" / 89 mm
Weight: 1.15 lbs. / 0.52 kg

2.18.3 Timing
Two DS1/E1 outputs (ITU G.707, Telcordia GR-440)
Two DS1/E1 inputs (ITU G.707, Telcordia GR-40)
Two CC/2M inputs (ITU G.707)

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 133


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.19 Line Card SYNC LED


A Z-Series line card SYNC LED indicates the state of the phase-locked loop (PLL) synchronization to the
shelf active controller card (Z77 BOSS/BOSS2 or Z22/Z33 CEMi). The line card PLL can be locked to the
clock coming from the active controller card or it can be in Hold-over or Free-run mode if a
BOSS/BOSS2/CEMi card is not available.
The SYNC LED color assignments for the DTM-8, DTM-8G, DTM-100G, FLX-216i, PME-412,
PME-216i, PSW-10G10, PSW-618, and MSE-1482 line cards are as follows:
Locked: Solid BLUE
Hold-over: Solid AMBER
Free-run: Off
Acquiring (tracking): Blinking BLUE
Note that Z-Series line cards control their SYNC LEDs even if the timing subsystem (TSS) is not
provisioned. For example, the TSS on the BOSS/CEM controller cards can be running in Free-run mode
(indicated by the BOSS/BOSS2/CEMi SYNC LED being OFF), but a line card SYNC LED is solid BLUE to
indicate it is locked to the active BOSS/BOSS2/CEMi controller card clock.
Note: In this Release, the PSW-10G10 and PSW-618 line cards are only supported in the Z77 platform.

MSE-1482 Line Card SYNC LED


MSE-1482 line card SYNC LED indications are slightly dissimilar from other Z-Series line cards due to the
differences in operation. MSE-1482 line cards are designed to operate in pairs where one MSE-1482 line
card is "active" and the other MSE-1482 line card in the pair is "standby." In this configuration, the standby
MSE-1482 line card recovers its clock from the active MSE-1482 line card. The active MSE-1482 line card
recovers its clock from the active BOSS/BOSS2/CEMi controller card.
The SYNC LED on the active MSE-1482 line card indicates whether the active MSE-1482 line card is
locked to the active BOSS/CEMi controller card or in Hold-over or Free-run mode. When the active
MSE-1482 line card PLL is locked to the active BOSS/BOSS2/CEMi controller card, the active MSE-1482
line card SYNC LED is solid BLUE.
The SYNC LED on the standby MSE-1482 line card indicates whether the standby MSE-1482 line card is
locked to the active MSE-1482 line card (its peer) or in Hold-over or Free-run mode. When the standby
MSE-1482 line card PLL is locked to the active MSE-1482 line card, the standby MSE-1482 line card
SYNC LED is solid BLUE.

P a g e 134 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.20 Ring Closure Modules


The Ring Closure Module (RCM) is a passive module located in an Electrical Fabric Module (EFM) slot of
the Z77 shelf. The RCM provides connectivity without external patching between two 2.5G-LME4
modules, or two MSE-1482 modules, or two PME-412 modules or two PME-216i modules.
RCMs are required and must be installed in Z77 horizontal EFM slots to support the following applications:
ODU1 Express cross-connect (OC-48/STM-16 express) between a pair of 2.5G-LME4 modules
Link aggregation using multiple ports between a pair of PME-412 modules or PME-216i modules
A TESI Express connection using a pair of PME-412 modules or PME-216i modules
An unprotected Ethernet drop over a protected TESI using a pair of PME-412 modules or
PME-216i modules
Cross-card connections and pass-through traffic between a pair of MSE-1482 modules

Figure 68: Ring Closure Module (RCM)

The table below shows the required RCM placement in the Z77 EFM slots for each supported line card:
Line Card Z77 EFM Slots
MSE-1482 slots 1 or 3
PME-412 slot 3
PME-216i slot 3
2.5G-LME4 slot 3

Note: RCMs are not required for Z22 or Z33 shelves.

2.21 XC-2800 Switch Fabric Modules


The XC-2800 is a unified packet and Optical Transport Network (OTN) switch fabric for the Cyan Z77 shelf
(Z77 and Z77 shelf v2). The XC-2800 module provides service versatility and increased switching capacity
for the Z77. The fully non-blocking design of XC-2800 switch-fabric provides 2.8 Tbps of capacity across
the Z77 backplane. Working in unison with currently available Z-Series high-performance service interface
modules, the XC-2800 can scale in excess of two billion packets-per-second (pps) of line-rate traffic
throughput.
The XC-2800 switch fabric module features and benefits include:
Leverages a modular architecture of four individual switch fabric modules with no single point of
failure, providing support for 1:3 redundancy; increasing network availability.
Carrier-grade design provides investment protection by enabling in-service upgrades for existing
Z77 customers.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 135


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Maintains slot-to-slot connectivity across the backplane for Ethernet service modules and is
compatible with optical ROADM, WDM multiplexer, transponder and muxponder modules.
Supports the TSW-10G10 packet transport module providing 10 non-blocking, line-rate OTU2 or
10GbE ports (XFP/SFP).
Allows TSW-10G10 line cards to aggregate and groom 10G rings, freeing up PME-412 and
PME-216i resources.
Supports the PSW-10G10 and PSW-618 packet modules.
Supports most legacy applications supported by the Ring Closure Modules:
ODU1 Express cross-connect (OC-48/STM-16 express) between a pair of 2.5G-LME4
modules
Link aggregation using multiple ports between a pair of PME-412 modules or PME-216i
modules
A TESI Express connection using a pair of PME-412 modules or PME-216i modules
An unprotected Ethernet drop over a protected TESI using a pair of PME-412 modules or
PME-216i modules
Supports the MSE-1482 line card in a standalone muxponder configuration.

Note: MSE-1482 line cards can be installed in a Z77 shelf supported by the XC-2800 switch fabric. The
XC-2800 switch fabric module provides supports the MSE-1482 in a standalone muxponder configuration.
However, the XC-2800 switch fabric module does not support MSE-1482 card-to-card backplane
cross-connections or protection.

XC-2800 Switch Fabric Modules


installed in EFM slots 1 through 4

Figure 69: Z77 with XC-2800 (Rear View)

P a g e 136 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows the XC-2800 switch fabric module block diagram.

2.21.1 XC-2800 Applications


High-capacity aggregation and transport of Ethernet, OTN, and SONET/SDH services
Delivery of deterministic, high-performance carrier Ethernet E-Line and E-LAN services
Consolidated, multi-layer transport over DWDM in metro/regional hub networks

2.21.2 System Requirements


Cyan Z77, software version Release 4.0 or higher

2.21.3 Capacity and Throughput


Backplane capacity: 2.8 Tbps, fully non-blocking (200 Gbps/slot across 14 slots)
Switching throughput: Scales to 2.1 billion packets per second in a fully loaded configuration (full
line-rate performance) with currently available service interface modules

2.21.4 Redundancy and Protection


The XC-2800 consists of four individual switch-fabric modules in a 1:3 protected configuration
No single point of failure
Sub-100 millisecond (ms) protection switching

2.21.5 Physical
Module dimensions:
Height: 1.7" / 43.2 mm
Width: 18.1" / 460 mm
Depth: 5.4" / 137 mm
Weight: 4.19 lbs. / 1.9 kg

2.21.6 Power
Dual -48V DC power feeds to module slots
XC-2800 power consumption: 60 watts typical, 75 watts maximum per XC-2800 switch fabric module

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 137


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.22 Optical Protection Groups


Planet Operate provides non-revertive 1+1 optical protection groups for DWDM/CWDM DTM-8, SFT-8,
and SFT-10G16 optical ports. Optical protection groups, created in conjunction with the passive Cyan
Transport Protection Module (TPM), provide reliable protection for facility and hardware failures.
1+1 protection transmits a diversely routed copy of the traffic on working and protection channels. The
receiver determines which traffic signal to accept based on the signal quality, i.e. signal degrade, signal fail.
Cyan optical protection groups support unidirectional switching mode that allows only the affected
direction of the transmission to be switched.

Note: Some of the early manufactured Cyan Transport Protection Modules are labeled as "OPM."

2.22.1 Optical Protection Groups Equipment

Transport Protection Module


The Transport Protection Module (TPM) provides optical protection capabilities with the Cyan Z-Series
packet-optical transport platform. Working in conjunction with the Z-Series multi-port transponder
modules, the TPM provides facility and/or equipment protection for wavelength services, including 1G to
2.5G (GbE, OC-48/STM-16, 1/2G FC) as well as 10G (10 GbE, OC-192/STM-64) optical services.
The TPM flexible optical protection capabilities make it ideally suited for applications when just a single,
un-protected port is available on the client-side device (switch or router), including:
Data center connectivity
Enterprise sites
Co-location facilities
The TPM fully passive design avoids the need for an active protection switch eliminating a single point of
failure. The unit provides sub-50 ms protection switching.
The TPM leverages the compact LGX form-factor, allowing up to three units to be housed in a 1 RU high
frame (shelf). For detailed information on installing the passive LGX frame, see the applicable Z-Series
shelf installation and safety guide.

Configuration Example
Optical protection groups require a single TPM connected to the client third-party device, one or two
DTM-8 module (or one or two SFT-8 modules or one or two SFT-10G16 modules), and two Z-Series
transport modules.
The example optical protection group configuration in the figure below shows a single client interface
(third-party device) connected to the TPM add/drop port, the working DTM-8 client port connected to the
TPM West port, a protect DTM-8 client port connected to the TPM East port, and DTM-8 associated trunk
ports connected to their respective LAD-8i transport modules. One LAD-8i module provides DWDM
transport for the working path in the West direction and the other LAD-8i module provides transport for the
redundant protected path in the East direction.

P a g e 138 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

West East

LAD-8i LAD-8i

DTM-8 DTM-8

TPM

Client
Third-Party
Equipment

Figure 70: Optical protection Group Configuration Example

You can utilize any of the various Z-Series LAD modules (LAD-4, LAD-4A, LAD-8, LAD-8i, LAD-8A,
LAD-8E, or LAD-8X), or the LAD-40/LAD-40E/AWG-40, or the WSS (WSS-402/WSS-404)/AWG-40
modules to provide aggregation and transport for the optical protection groups. When CWDM optical
protection groups are created using DTM-8, SFT-8, or SFT-10G16 modules, the LAC-8 or LAC-4P
modules provide aggregation and transport for optical protection groups.

Note: Third-party client equipment is not protected in an optical protection group.

Supported Equipment Configurations


Optical protection groups can be created with the following Cyan equipment configurations:
Option #1
One TPM
One or two DTM-8, SFT-8, or SFT-10G16 modules
Two transport modules (LAC-8, or LAC-4P, or LAD-4, LAD-4A, LAD-8, LAD-8i, LAD-8A,
LAD-8E, or LAD-8X)
Option #2
One TPM
One or two DTM-8, SFT-8, or SFT-10G16 modules
Two WSS transport modules or two LAD-40/LAD-40E transport modules
Two AWG-40 optical modules
All of the options require identical equipment and software configurations at the near-end and far-end.
For detailed information on provisioning optical protection groups, see the Planet Operate User Guide.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 139


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.22.2 Optical Protection Groups Rules and Guidelines

Note: Planet Operate typically presents you with provisioning options that adhere to the rules and
guidelines described below when creating optical protection groups.

Follow the rules and guidelines below when planning and provisioning optical protection groups.
DTM-8, SFT-8, and SFT-10G16 modules support optical protection groups.
DTM-8 (or SFT-8 or SFT-10G16) ports used to create optical protection groups can be configured
on ports collocated on the same module.
A DTM-8 (or SFT-8 or SFT-10G16) port can only participate in one optical protection group.
If an optical protection group exists on a DTM-8 (or SFT-8 or SFT-10G16) module, the protect card
of the working line card must be the only protect card for other optical protection groups on the
working card.
If an optical protection group (working and protect) is initially created from ports collocated on the
same DTM-8 (or SFT-8 or SFT-10G16) module, additional ports on this module can only
participate in optical protection groups created on this module.
You must provision an optical protection group instance at the near-end node and the far-end node.
OTU2 or OTU2e is the preferred signal type for optical protection groups. An end-to-end signal
type of OTU2 or OTU2e provides the ability to monitor Alarm Indication Signal (AIS), Signal
Degrade (SD), and degrade conditions used in the protection switching process.
1+1 configurations are supported for optical protection groups. 1+1 protection transmits a copy of
the traffic on both the working and protection channels. The receiver determines which traffic
signal to accept based on the signal quality.
Optical protection groups are unidirectional. For a unidirectional failure (i.e. a failure affecting only
one direction of the transmission), only the affected direction of the transmission is switched to
protection.
Optical protection groups are non-revertive. When a failure occurs and the traffic switches from the
working facility to the protect facility, the traffic stays switched to the protect facility until it is
manually switched back or if a higher priority failure occurs.
An SFT-8 client port participating in a cross-connection cannot be included in an optical protection
group. Delete the cross-connection prior to creating the optical protection group.
To forward transport faults, such as LOS, to the far-end of an SFT-8 optical protection group, select
(check) the Laser Shutdown as FDI check box on the General tabs of the local and remote SFT-8
fiber ports participating in the optical protection group and the applicable SFT-8 fiber ports in all
transit nodes (hops) in the network.

Upgrading a Z-Series Shelf to CyOS Software Version 4.0 (or higher)


When upgrading a Z-Series shelf to software version 4.0 or higher, all previously installed DTM-8 and
SFT-8 line cards will be upgraded to include the complex programmable logic device (CPLD) code that
supports the full optical protection (dual card) feature using the TPM. However, for the CPLD code installed
on the DTM-8 and SFT-8 line cards during the Release 4.0 (or higher) system upgrade to take effect, the
DTM-8 and SFT-8 line cards require a hard reset. This is a service-affecting process and should only be
done during a scheduled maintenance window.
New DTM-8, SFT-8, and SFT-10G16 line cards with software version 4.0 (or higher) installed do not
require a hard reset.

P a g e 140 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.23 Optical Protection Switch


The Optical Protection Switch (OPS) uses low-loss switching technology to provide protection against fiber
cuts and failures. It provides redundant path protection for telecommunication transmission systems. The
OPS operates independent of rate, format, and wavelength.
The OPS provides 1+1 protection. It continuously monitors optical power on both its primary and secondary
links. If received optical power on the active link drops below a configured threshold, the OPS switches the
optical signal to the standby link within 25 ms.
Deploy the OPS in pairs, one at each end of an optical link.

Control Module Switch Module Power Module

Each OPS contains three field-replaceable modules:


OPS Interface Control Module
OPS Switch Plug-In Module, LC/UPC Connectors
OPS Dual Power Supply Module, -48 Vdc

2.23.1 1+1 Protection


At the transmit end of the optical trunk, a 50:50 optical splitter divides the signal for transmission onto
primary (T1) and secondary (T2) paths. At the receive end, the OPS selects the signal according to the
received optical power levels:
If optical power on the active receive path falls below the configured alarm threshold, the OPS
issues an alarm.
If optical power on the active receive path falls below the configured switch threshold, the OPS
switches to receive on the standby path.

Splitter Switch
Primary Path

Switch Splitter

Secondary Path
OPS OPS
Z-Series Line Card Z-Series Line Card
(e.g., PME/WSS/LAD) (e.g., PME/WSS/LAD)
Figure 71: OPS 1+1 Protection

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 141


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.23.2 Switching Modes


The OPS supports the following switching modes:
Automatic non-revertive switching: When Rx optical power on the active path falls below the
configured switch threshold, the OPS automatically switches traffic to the other path. Traffic
remains on the new active path until another switch occurs.
Automatic revertive switching: When Rx optical power on the primary path falls below the
configured switch threshold, the OPS automatically switches traffic to the secondary path. Traffic
automatically reverts to the primary path when the Rx optical power rises above the configured
threshold. You can configure a reversion interval and a switch interval to control behavior of this
mode.
Manual asynchronous switching: Allows the operator to specify the operational path, via either
SNMP command or front panel buttons (front panel buttons are operational only when OPS is in
local mode).

2.23.3 Local or Remote Operation


Control and monitor the OPS in real time either locally, using buttons on the front panel, or remotely, using
SNMP v1. Set the OPS for local or remote operation using the Local/Remote switch on the front panel of the
control module:
In local mode, the buttons on the front panel are active and the local operator can configure the OPS.
The SNMP user can monitor the device but cannot configure it.
In remote mode, the buttons on the front panel are inactive. Only the remote SNMP user can
configure the device. The local user can monitor the device using the LEDs.

Local/Remote
Switch

Figure 72: Local/Remote Switch on Control Module

P a g e 142 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

2.23.4 OPS Specifications

Operational Specifications
Parameter Specifications
Operating Wavelength 1550 50
Insertion Loss T1 and T2 Tx < 3.8 dB
Rx R1 and R2 < 1.2 dB
Return Loss > 45 dB
Crosstalk > 55 dB
Wavelength dependent loss < 0.1 dB
Polarization dependent loss < 0.1 dB
Monitor operating range Tx: -30 to +25 dBm
Rx: -50 to +10 dBm
Monitor accuracy 0.5 dB
Monitor resolution 0.1 dB
Switching speed < 25 ms
Switching type Latched when power off
Lifetime 1,000,000 cycles
Connectors LC/UPC
Dimensions 19-inch L: 483 mm W: 23 1mm H: 43.7 mm
Power Consumption <5W
Interface RJ-45 Ethernet

Environmental Specifications
Parameter Operational Specification Storage Specification
Temperature 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F) 0 to 75 C (32 to 167 F)
Relative humidity </= 85% (at 25 C) </= 85%
Atmospheric pressure 70 Kpa to 106 Kpa 70 Kpa to 106 Kpa
Operational conditions No corrosive or solvent gas. n/a
No fly ash.
No strong electromagnetic field interference.
Power supply voltage Nominal -48 Vdc. Range -36 to -72 Vdc. n/a

2.24 XFP, SFP, and SFP+ Transceivers


For detailed specifications of supported XFP, SFP, and SFP+ transceivers and their operating parameters,
refer to the Cyan Central CyStore application located through the Cyan website at www.cyaninc.com
http://www.cyaninc.com.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 143


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

P a g e 144 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Chapter 3: Optical Link Design
This section describes optical link design for the Cyan Z-Series LAD modules.

In This Chapter
DWDM XFP Specifications with GFEC...............................................145
LAD Modules ........................................................................................146
Dispersion Compensation Modules.......................................................151

3.1 DWDM XFP Specifications with GFEC


The following is the list of typical 80 km DWDM XFP specifications with OTU2 Generic Forward Error
Correction (GFEC) functionality. The error correction provided by GFEC improves minimum Rx
sensitivity by 3 dB, to -27 dBm from -24 dBm.

Parameter Max Min Notes

Transmit Power (TXP) +3 dBm -1 dBm

Rx Sensitivity (RXP) -7 dBm -27 dBm @ 10e-12 BER

Power Penalty (Po) 3 dB @ 80 km

Attenuation 23 dB 10 dB

Approximate Distance 80 km

Max Attenuation = TXP (min) RXP (min) Po


Min Attenuation = TXP (max) RXP (max)
Approximate Distance = Max Attenuation / 0.2875 dB/km

Note: This section assumes the use of Cyan standard 80 km DWDM XFP transceivers in all cases.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 145


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

3.2 LAD Modules


LAD-2P and LAD-2G
The insertion loss introduced by the LAD-2P and LAD-2G for each port individually and taken as an
add/drop pair is summarized in the table below.
Card Type Port Add Insertion Loss Drop Insertion Loss End-to-End Insertion Loss
LAD-2P Ch. 30 2.8 dB 2.8 dB 5.6 dB
LAD-2P Ch. 31 2.8 dB 2.8 dB 5.6 dB
LAD-2P 1310nm 1.2 dB 1.2 dB 2.4 dB
LAD-2G Ch. 60 2 dB 2 dB 4 dB
LAD-2G Ch. 61 2 dB 2 dB 4 dB
LAD-2G 1550nm 1.8 dB 1.8 dB 3.6 dB

The graphics below show the block diagrams for the LAD-2P and LAD-2G modules.

LAD-2P
2
OADM 2
1 2 1 2

1 1

1310nm Drop Add 1310nm

Figure 73: LAD-2P Block Diagram

LAD-2G
OADM

Figure 74: LAD-2G Block Diagram

P a g e 146 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-4/LAD-8/LAD-8i/LAD-8A/LAD-8E/LAD-8X
The minimum and maximum supported span loss (or link budget) for the LAD-4/8/i/A/E/X modules is
summarized in the table below.
Card Type Minimum Span Loss Maximum Span Loss Maximum Span Distance
@ 0.25 dB/km
LAD-4/LAD-8/LAD-8i 8 dB 16 dB 64 km
LAD-4A/LAD-8A 8 dB 24 dB 96 km
LAD-8E 8 dB 32 dB 128 km
LAD-8X 12 dB 40 dB 160 km

Note: The LAD-8E, at 128 km, and the LAD-8X, at 160 km, require dispersion compensation.

LAD-4/8/i/A/E/X Safety Defaults


By default, the LAD-4A/LAD-8A TX Post-Amp attenuator is set to 10 dB, the LAD-8E/LAD-8X TX
Post-Amp attenuator is set to 18 dB. This setting limits the maximum reach, but allows for some safety
margin when initially turning up optical fiber spans. Under the default settings, all LAD-4/LAD-8/LAD-8i,
LAD-4A/LAD-8A, LAD-8E outputs can be safely connected to another module of the same type with
10 dB of attenuation. Under the default settings, the LAD-8X can be safely connected to another module of
the same type with 12 dB of attenuation.

LAD-4/8/i/A/E/X Optical Control Points


The Z-Series LAD modules contain multiple gain control points that can be adjusted using the system
management software to optimize for the link optical characteristics.
The following diagram shows the location of the optical attenuation/gain control points for the LAD-8E
module.

LAD-8E Control Points

Figure 75: LAD-8E Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) Control Points

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 147


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The following diagram shows the location of the optical attenuation/gain control points for the LAD-8X
module.

LAD-8X Control Points

Figure 76: LAD-8X VOA Control Points

LAD-4/8/i/A/E/X Control Point Table


The following table shows which points of optical level control are available on each LAD-4/8 module:
TX Pre-Amp TX Post-Amp RX Post-Amp
Card Type RX Amp Gain
Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator
LAD-4/LAD-8/LAD-8i
LAD-4A/LAD-8A X X
LAD-8E X X X
LAD-8X X X X X

The TX Pre-Amp Attenuator is included to allow control of optical levels at the input to the TX booster
amplifier.
The TX Post Amp Attenuator is used to limit the maximum transmit power.
The RX Amp Gain can be controlled to optimize the system gain for long spans in excess of 100 km.
The RX Post-Amp Attenuator can be used to adjust the RX Power at the XFP transceiver.

Configuring the LAD-8A Gain Parameters

Note: The default values should only be adjusted after consulting a Cyan system engineer to
determine the proper settings.

LAD-8A TX Pre-Amp attenuation should be set to 12.5 dB. This value should not be changed. This
guarantees a valid optical input to the TX Amplifier.
LAD-8A TX Post-Amp attenuation should be set based on span loss as shown in the table below.
TX Pre-Amp Attenuator TX Post-Amp Attenuator
12.5 Span Loss - 22

P a g e 148 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Configuring the LAD-8E Gain Parameters

Note: The default values should only be adjusted after consulting a Cyan system engineer to
determine the proper settings.

LAD-8E TX Pre-Amp attenuation should be set to 12.5dB. This value should not be changed. This
guarantees a valid optical input to the TX Amplifier.
LAD-8E TX Post-Amp attenuation and RX Amp Gain should be set based on span loss as shown in the table
below.
TX Pre-Amp TX Post-Amp
Span Loss RX Amp Gain
Attenuator Attenuator

Less Than 30 dB 12.5 30 Span Loss 15

Greater Than or Equal to 30 dB 12.5 0 Span Loss - 15

Note: The LAD-8E supports manual gain tilt control. Gain tilt can occur when channel gain is not
flat upon reaching the optical amplifier. In this situation, higher signals receive more power,
while lower signals receive less power.

Configuring the LAD-8X Gain Parameters

Note: The default values should only be adjusted after consulting a Cyan system engineer to
determine the proper settings.

LAD-8X TX Pre-Amp attenuation should be set to 7 dB. This value should not be changed. This guarantees
a valid optical input to the TX Amplifier.
LAD-8X RX Post-Amp Attenuator should be set to 10dB. This RX Post-Amp Attenuator can be used to
fine tune the RX Power at the XFP after all other adjustments have been made.
LAD-8X TX Post-Amp attenuation and RX Amp Gain should be set based on span loss as shown in the
table below.
TX Pre-Amp TX Post-Amp RX Post-Amp
Span Loss RX Amp Gain
Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator

Less Than 32 dB 7 33 Span Loss 22 10

Greater Than or Equal to 32 dB 7 0 Span Loss - 10 10

Note: The LAD-8X supports manual gain tilt control. Gain tilt can occur when channel gain is not
flat upon reaching the optical amplifier. In this situation, higher signals receive more power,
while lower signals receive less power.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 149


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

LAD-40 and LAD-40E Link Budget


The minimum and maximum attenuation (or link budget) for the LAD-40 and LAD-40E modules is
summarized in the table below.
Card Type Minimum Span Loss Maximum Span Loss Maximum Span Distance
@ 0.25 dB/km
LAD-40 0 dB 10 dB 40 km
LAD-40E 8 dB 28 dB 112 km

Note: The LAD-40E, at 112 km, requires dispersion compensation.

LAD-40E Safety Defaults


By default, the LAD-40E TX Post-Amp attenuator is set to 18 dB and the RX Pre-Amp attenuator is set to
5 dB. This setting limits the maximum reach, but allows for some safety margin when initially turning up
optical fiber spans. Under the default settings, the LAD-40E output can be safely connected to another
module of the same type with 10 dB of attenuation.

LAD-40 and LAD-40E Optical Control Points


The following diagram shows the location of the optical attenuation/gain control points for the LAD-40E module.

LAD-40E Control Points

Figure 77: LAD-40E VOA Control Points

LAD-40 and LAD-40E Control Point Table


The following table shows which points of optical level control are available on each LAD-40 and
LAD-40E module.
TX Pre-Amp TX Post-Amp RX Pre-Amp
Card Type RX Amp Gain
Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator
LAD-40
LAD-40E X X X X

The TX Pre-Amp Attenuator is included to allow control of optical levels at the input to the TX booster
amplifier.
The TX Post Amp Attenuator is used to limit the maximum transmit power.
The RX Amp Gain can be controlled to optimize the system gain for long spans in excess of 100 km.
The RX Pre-Amp Attenuator can be used to allow control of optical levels at the input to the RX amplifier.

P a g e 150 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Configuring the LAD-40E Gain Parameters

Note: The default values should only be adjusted after consulting a Cyan system engineer to
determine the proper settings.

LAD-40E TX Pre-Amp attenuation should be set to 10 dB, and the TX Post-Amp attenuation should be set
to 3 dB. These values should not be changed. This guarantees a launch power of -1 dBm per channel.
LAD-40E RX Pre-Amp attenuation and RX Amplifier gain is set according to the span loss, as shown in the
table below.
RX Pre-Amp RX Amp Gain
Span Loss
Attenuator

Less Than 13 dB 13 Span Loss 15

Greater Than or Equal to 13 dB 0 Span Loss + 2

Note: The LAD-40E supports manual gain tilt control. Gain tilt can occur when channel gain is not flat
upon reaching the optical amplifier. In this situation, higher signals receive more power, while lower
signals receive less power.

3.3 Dispersion Compensation Modules


Cyan offers Dispersion Compensation Modules (DCMs) for various amounts of dispersion. Typically,
optical fiber spans with LAD-2P/LAD-4/LAD-8/LAD-8i/LAD-40 or LAD-4A/LAD-8A modules have
distances shorter than 95 km before regeneration and carry 10G waves and do not need dispersion
compensation. Longer links provided by the LAD-8E module, LAD-40E module, or optical-optical-optical
(OOO) links that are amplified optically, require dispersion compensation.
The following table shows a list of DCM units offered:
Distance Dispersion Max Loss Max PMD Size
Fiber Type
(km) (ps/nm) (dB) (ps) (1 RU)
SMF-28 10 -164 2.1 0.30 0.5
SMF-28 20 -328 2.7 0.40 0.5
SMF-28 40 -656 4.1 0.50 0.5
SMF-28 60 -985 5.5 0.60 0.5
SMF-28 80 -1313 6.9 0.70 0.5
SMF-28 100 -1641 8.3 0.80 1.0
TW-RS 20 -90 2.9 0.21 0.5
TW-RS 40 -180 3.4 0.30 0.5
TW-RS 60 -270 3.9 0.37 0.5
TW-RS 80 -360 4.4 0.43 0.5
TW-RS 100 -450 4.9 0.48 0.5
LEAF 20 -76 3.9 0.30 0.5
LEAF 40 -153 4.8 0.50 0.5

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 151


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Distance Dispersion Max Loss Max PMD Size


Fiber Type
(km) (ps/nm) (dB) (ps) (1 RU)
LEAF 60 -229 5.6 0.60 0.5
LEAF 80 -305 6.5 0.70 0.5
LEAF 100 -382 7.3 0.80 0.5

Note: These DCMs are installed in a 1 RU, 19" LGX rack-mount housing. All DCMs use LC connectors.

Fiber Bragg Grating DCMs


Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG) DCMs can be used in the mid-stage on any of the Cyan DWDM modules
(LAD-8E, LAD-40E, L-AMP, WSS-402, and WSS-404).
The FBG models support up to 40 channels with 100 GHz spacing. They exhibit lower loss and latency than
the standard fiber-based DCMs that allow them to be used with the amplifiers included on the WSS modules
(WSS-402 and WSS-404). The WSS modules are not compatible with fiber-based DCMs due to their
excessive loss.
The FBG DCMs are housed in a 1 RU LGX shelf. A shelf supports up to three modules. All modules require
a single slot. All DCMs use LC connectors.
Distance Dispersion Max Loss Max PMD Size
Fiber Type
(km) (ps/nm) (dB) (ps) (1 RU)
SMF-28 20 -328 <3 <1 0.33
SMF-28 40 -656 <3 <1 0.33
SMF-28 60 -985 <3 <1 0.33
SMF-28 80 -1313 <3 <1 0.33
SMF-28 100 -1641 <3 <1 0.33
TW-RS 80 -339 <3 <1 0.33
TW-RS 120 -509 <3 <1 0.33
TW-RS 160 -678 <3 <1 0.33
LEAF 80 -317 <3 <1 0.33
LEAF 120 -475 <3 <1 0.33
LEAF 160 -633 <3 <1 0.33

P a g e 152 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Chapter 4:
Application Configurations
This section describes various application configurations for the Cyan Z22, Z33, and Z77 platforms and
primary applications using Cyan Z-Series line cards and modules.
The following table shows the Z-Series line cards and modules and a partial list of supported applications.
DTM- DTM- SFT-
Applications LAD WSS LAC LME Packet TSW MSE SFT-8 FLX
8/8G 100G 10G16

OC-192/STM-64/10GbE X
X X X
DWDM transport

OC-3/12/48/
STM-1/4/16 DWDM X X X X
transport
OC-48/STM-16 DWDM
X X X X
transport
GbE Ethernet over
X X X
SONET/SDH (EoS)
Multi-service transport X X X X X X X

SONET/SDH
X X X X
Transparent Line
Packet (10GbE and
X
1GbE) aggregation and X X X X
(1GbE)
transport

OC-3/12/48/
STM-1/4/16/GbE X X X
transport

WDM private line


connectivity for 10GbE
X
LAN/WAN, OTN,
SONET/SDH

100GbE transport X

100GbE Ethernet
service carried over X
OTU4/ODU4

OTU4 to OTU4 X

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 153


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Note: The "LAD" column refers to all LAD modules: the LAD-2P/LAD-2G (I-Temp), LAD-4, LAD-4A,
LAD-8, LAD-8i (I-Temp), LAD-8A, LAD-8E, LAD-8X, LAD-40, and LAD-40E modules. The "WSS"
column refers to the WSS-402 and WSS-404 modules. The "LME" column refers to the 2.5G-LME4. The
"Packet" column refers to the PME-412, PME-216i, PSW-10G10, and the PSW-618. The "TSW" refers to
the TSW-10G10. The "MSE" column refers to the MSE-1482. The "FLX" column refers to the FLX-216i.
The applications described in this section are not exhaustive because there are a large number of
configurations. Capabilities of configurations not shown can be derived from line card capabilities and other
application configurations.

In This Chapter
Application 1: OC-192/STM-64/10GbE (10G ) transport ..................155
Application 2: OC-48/STM-16 Transport .............................................158
Application 3: Packet (10GbE and 1GbE) Transport and Switching ....159
Application 4: Multiservice Lambda Transport, OEO ..........................162
Application 5: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Functionality ...................165
Application 6: MSE-1482 Path Cross-Connect Functionality ..............167
Application 7: Ethernet over SONET (EoS) .........................................168
Application 8: WSS Network Configuration ........................................169
Application 9: Ethernet Services and Transport....................................170
Application 10: Collector Rings ............................................................171
Application 11: FLX-216i Configurations ............................................172

P a g e 154 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.1 App 1: OC-192/STM-64/10GbE (10G ) transport


In this application, the Cyan Z33 shelf or the Cyan Z77 transports 10 Gbps signals. The system transponds
the OC-192/STM-64 or 10 GbE signals, maps to OTU2 and specific wavelengths using DWDM XFPs. In
intermediate sites, it provides optical-electrical-optical (OEO) regeneration. The system would contain the
DTM-8 and LAD-4/A or LAD-8/A/E/i/X cards depending on the number of waves and distances required.
Its primary purpose is to transport 10G signals from point A to B.
All traffic is optical-electrical-optical and hence, the express traffic needs to be regenerated with the DTM-8
in a pass-through node. In a protected ring, OEO regeneration in a transit node can use a single DTM-8 card
(not a protected set) since the opposite side of the ring provides protection.
The graphic below shows an example of a four-wave 10G transport application using LAD-4 and/or
LAD-4A modules.

Typical configuration:
2 x LAD-4/LAD-4A
2 x DTM-8

Link
Budget Reach

LAD-4 16 dB 64 km

LAD-4A 24 dB 96 km
Z33

4 network
10G waves
OTU-2 format
Z33

Z77

Z33
Figure 78: Four-Wave 10G Transport Application with LAD-4/LAD-4A

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 155


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The graphic below shows an example of an eight-wave 10G transport application using LAD-8, LAD-8A,
LAD-8E, LAD-8i, and/or LAD-8X modules.

Typical configuration:
2 x LAD-8/LAD-8i/LAD-8A/LAD-8E/LAD-8X
4 x DTM-8
Link
Reach
Budget

LAD-8A /
LAD-8i 16 dB 64 km

LAD-8A 24 dB 96 km

LAD-8E 32 dB 128 km
Z33
LAD-8X 40 dB 160 km

8 network
10G waves
OTU-2 format
Z33

Z77

Z33
Figure 79: Eight-Wave 10G Transport Application with LAD-8/A/E/i/X

4.1.1 10G Lambda Transport, OEO Application Feature Set


Used in Cyan Z33 and Z77 shelves.
With LAD-4/A: 4-channel DWDM, 100 GHz spacing, front access the XFP module determines
which wavelengths are accessed.
With LAD-8/A/E/i/X: 8-channel DWDM, 100 GHz spacing, front access the XFP module
determines which wavelengths are accessed.
OEO configuration.
LAD-4, LAD-8 or LAD-8i: Link budget 16 dB (reach ~64 km), LAD-4A or 8A: Link budget 24 dB
(reach ~96 km), LAD-8E: Link budget 32 dB (reach ~128 km), LAD-8X: Link budget 40 dB (reach
~160 km).
Quad 10G transponder cards (2 TDM+2 Ethernet).
3R functionality (re-time, re-shape, and re-transmit).

P a g e 156 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Regeneration can be used for client as well as express traffic. Express traffic can use 2 ports of the
same card.
Client port supports OC-192, 10GE LAN , 10GE WAN, and OTU2.
Optional integrated OTN mapping on all interfaces (OTU2).
100 Mbps DCN.
OC-192/STM-64, OC-48/STM-16, 10 GE, 1 GE alien wave capability.
No required synchronization.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 157


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.2 App 2: OC-48/STM-16 Transport


In this application, the Cyan Z33 shelf or the Z77 shelf transports OC-48/STM-16 signals. The system
transponds the OC-48/STM-16 signals and maps each to ODU1 inside the card and then multiplexes four
ODU1 signals into a single OTU2 signal. The OTU2 signal is mapped into a specific wavelength using
DWDM XFP transceivers. ODU1 add/drop capability is available. The system would contain the
2.5G-LME4 and LAD-4/A or LAD-8/A/E/i/X line cards depending on the number of waves and distances
required. The primary purpose of this application is to transport OC-48/STM-16 signals from A to B, but
can also perform the add/drop capability.

Typical configuration:
2 x LAD-4, LAD-4 A or 2 x LAD-8, LAD-8i, LAD-8A, LAD-8E, LAD-8X
2 x 2.5G-LME4

Link
Reach
Budget

LAD-4/8/8i 16 dB 64 km

LAD-4/8A 24 dB 96 km

LAD-8E 32 dB 128 km

Z33 LAD-8X 40 dB 160 km

OC-48/STM-16
1 O-E-O network
TDM
OTU-2 format
3/7 waves available for future expansion
Z33
Z77

Z33
Figure 80: OC-48/STM-16 Transport

P a g e 158 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.3 App 3: Packet (10GbE and 1GbE) Transport and Switching


In this application, the Cyan Z22, Z33, or the Z77 shelf contains a pair of PME-412 modules or a pair of
PME-216i modules. The system provides packet aggregation and transport capabilities.
If PME modules are the only service cards in the Z33 shelf, as is the case in this application described, they
must be installed in slots 1 and 2.
The graphic below shows a Z-Series application example with a pair of PME-412 modules with each PME
module supporting two 10 GbE trunks.

PME-412 card pair

Z33

Z33

10 GbE 10 GbE 10 GbE

Z77
with PME 1 GbE, 10 GbE
Z33

Figure 81: Application with a Pair of PME Modules Each PME Supports Two 10 GbE Trunks

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 159


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

In the diagram below, the Z33 shelf has a single PME-412 (or PME-216i) module. Each PME module can
support two 10 GbE trunks, one in each direction, but there is no card protection in this configuration. The
management plane is also non-redundant.

Single PME-412 card


(Both West and East optics
on this card.)

Z33

Z33

10 GbE

Z77
with PME 1 GbE, 10 GbE
Z33

Figure 82: Z-Series 10G Ring with a Single PME Module

P a g e 160 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.3.1 Protected and Unprotected Configurations


Using two PME-412 (or PME-216i) modules in a protected configuration:
20 G protected ring (East/West)
A total of 24 GbE client interfaces and 4 client 10 GbE interfaces on the PME-412 module or a
total of 32 GbE client interfaces on the PME-216i module
Link aggregation supported between client ports of the two PME modules
Using a single PME-412 (or PME-216i) module:
10 G ring (East/West) with diverse facilities, but no equipment protection
A total of 12 GbE client interfaces and 2 client 10 GbE interfaces on the PME-412 module or a
total of 16 GbE client interfaces on the PME-216i module
Link aggregation supported between client ports of the PME module

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 161


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.4 App 4: Multiservice Lambda Transport, OEO


In this application, the Cyan Z33 shelf or the Z77 shelf contains a pair of PME-412 (or PME-216i) modules,
a pair of 2.5G-LME4 modules, and a pair of LAD modules. The system delivers up to three waves with
packet and TDM traffic. The fourth wave is available for user non-protected configurations or alien wave.

Typical configuration:
2 x LAD-4/LAD-4A
2 x PME-412 or 2 x PME-216i
2 x 2.5G-LME4

Link
Reach
Budget

LAD-4 16 dB 64 km

LAD-4A 24 dB 96 km

Z33

3 O-E-O network
Z33
TDM +2xPacket
OTU-2 format

4th wave available for non-protected


configuration or alien wave OC-48, 1 GbE,
Z77 10 GbE

Z33

Figure 83: Multiservice Lambda Transport OEO

P a g e 162 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The Z77 shelf can support multi-degree configurations with multiple LAD-8/LAD-8i/LAD-8A, LAD-8E,
and LAD-8X modules.

Typical configuration:
n x LAD-8/LAD-8i/LAD-8A/LAD-8E/LAD-8X (1 LAD module per degree)
n1 x PME-412 or PME-216i
n2 x 2.5G-LME4
cards 14 Link
Reach
Budget

LAD-8A /
LAD-8i 16 dB 64 km

LAD-8A 24 dB 96 km
Note: Multiple shelves can share
the same LAD modules. LAD-8E 32 dB 128 km

LAD-8X 40 dB 160 km

Z33

Z33
8 O-E-O network 8 O-E-O network
TDM +2xPacket TDM +2xPacket
OTU-2 format OTU-2 format

Z77
OC-48, 1 GbE,
10 GbE
Z33

Figure 84: Z77 Multiservice Lambda Transport OEO

4.4.1 Multiservice Lambda Transport OEO Application Feature Set


Used in Z33 and Z77 shelves
4-channel DWDM, 100 GHz spacing, front access the XFP module determines which
wavelengths are accessed
OEO configuration
LAD-4/8: link budget 16 dB (reach ~64 km), LAD-8i: link budget 14 dB (reach ~64 km),
LAD-4/8A: link budget 24 dB (reach ~96 km), LAD-8E: link budget 32 dB (reach ~128 km),
LAD-8X: link budget 40 dB (reach ~160 km)
All packet capabilities are the same as packet transport with the PME-412 or PME-216i

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 163


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Support of both SONET (OC-48) and SDH (STM-16) client interfaces


OTU1 client interface
OTU2 trunk interface
ODU1 add/drop functionality
Support of the RCM or XC-2800 in the Z77 shelf in conjunction with 2.5G-LME4 module for
ODU1 add/drop
Clear-channel transport of all SONET/SDH overhead
100 Mbps DCN
OC-192/STM-4, OC-48/STM-16, 10 GE, and 1 GE alien wave capability

P a g e 164 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.5 App 5: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Functionality


In this application, the Cyan Z33 shelf or the Z77 shelf contains a pair of MSE-1482 line cards. Transparent
Line service provides transparent SONET/SDH transport for OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4,
OC-48/STM-16, and GbE client interfaces (downlinks) while preserving section and line overhead. This
feature allows service providers to aggregate multiple services by efficiently mapping and conserving
wavelength capacity.
The MSE-1482 line card provides line transparency for Line overhead including protection bytes and Data
Communications Channel (DCC). In Transparent Line SONET-over-SONET transport mode, STS
cross-connections are not allowed within the port signal.
The next two diagrams show examples of Transparent Line capabilities, functionality, and route diversity of
the MSE-1482 line card.

SONET/SDH
Ethernet
Equipment
Each MSE-1482 line card supports
the following interfaces: OC-48/STM-16
1 x OC-192 OC-12/STM-4
4 x OC-48 OC-3/STM-1
GbE
8 x OC-3/OC-12 (software selectable)
MSE-1482

MSE-1482

2 x GbE
OC-192/STM-64
over OTU-2

Cyan Z-Series
Shelf

Cyan Z-Series
Cyan Z-Series

SONET/SDH MSE-1482 MSE-1482 SONET/SDH


Shelf

Shelf

Ethernet Ethernet
Equipment Equipment
MSE-1482 MSE-1482

OC-48/STM-16 Cyan Z-Series OC-48/STM-16


OC-12/STM-4 Shelf OC-12/STM-4
OC-3/STM-1 OC-3/STM-1
GbE GbE
MSE-1482

MSE-1482

OC-48/STM-16
OC-12/STM-4
OC-3/STM-1
GbE
SONET/SDH
Ethernet
Equipment

Figure 85: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Application

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 165


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Protection provided by ADM


matching line interfaces:
OC-3/STM-1 -- OC-3/STM-1
OC-12/STM-4 -- OC-12/STM-4
OC-48/STM-16 -- OC-48/STM-16

Ring or Other Route Diverse Configuration


Cyan Z-Series Cyan Z-Series
Shelf Shelf
OTU-2
MSE-1482 MSE-1482
Cyan Z-Series ADM
MSE-1482 Network
MSE-1482

Tunneled DCC

Figure 86: MSE-1482 Transparent Line Functionality - Route Diversity

P a g e 166 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.6 App 6: MSE-1482 Path Cross-Connect Functionality


The Z-Series MSE-1482 line card provides cross-connect capability at the STS-1, STS-3c, STS-12c, and
STS-48c levels. The system provides Path level connectivity so that subtending equipment with Path level
protection such as UPSR or SNCP can operate over the MSE-1482 line card. In this configuration the
MSE-1482 line card does not transport the line overhead such as the Data Communication Channel (DCC).
The line card supports a 100 Mbps Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) that provides the DCN connectivity
to subtending SONET/SDH network elements.
The MSE-1482 line card supports UPSR/SNCP Path protection and unidirectional 1+1 Line protection. The
diagrams below show protection, the Path level application, and capabilities of the MSE-1482 line card. In
Path cross-connect mode, the interface is transported as a cross-connect at the STS-1 level signal or STS-Nc
as provisioned.

OC-3/12/48
Line Protection 1+1 Unidirectional

Path Protection
OC-3/12/48
UPSR/SNCP UPSR/SNCP

OC-3/12/48
Line Protection 1+1 Unidirectional

OC-3/12/48
UPSR/SNCP

Figure 87: MSE-1482 Path Cross-Connect Application

OC-3/12/48 OC-3/12/48
Ring or Other Path Diverse Configuration

MSE-1482 MSE-1482
ADM Cyan Z-Series ADM
OC-192/OTU2 OC-192/OTU2
Network
MSE-1482 MSE-1482

Cyan Z-Series Cyan Z-Series


Shelf Shelf

100 Mbps DCN over OSC 100 Mbps DCN over OSC

Figure 88: MSE-1482 Path Level Capability

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 167


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.7 App 7: Ethernet over SONET (EoS)


The Z-Series MSE-1482 line card provides two GbE interfaces. The GbE interfaces are provided via
pluggable 1000Base-F SFP transceivers. Each GbE interface is mapped into SONET using Ethernet over
SONET (EoS).
Each GbE interface is mapped into a single Virtual Concatenation Group (VCG) using GFP mapping. Each
VCG consists of virtually concatenated STS-1 or STS-3c containers. Each MSE-1482 line card supports
two VCGs.
The Gigabit Ethernet capability of the MSE-1482 line card includes:
GbE EoS mapped, GFP
STS Virtual Concatenation (VCAT): STS-1-21v, STS-3c-7v
Interfaces supported: OC-3, OC-12, OC-48
Support for STS-1 25 microsecond applications
MEF EPL service
The figure below shows an example of the MSE-1482 EoS capabilities. In this EoS application example, the
Cyan Z33 shelf or the Z77 shelf contains a pair of MSE-1482 line cards.

Backplane Cyan Z-Series Cyan Z-Series Cyan Z-Series


Inter-connect Shelf
Shelf Shelf
MSE-1482 MSE-1482 MSE-1482 MSE-1482 MSE-1482 MSE-1482

OTU-2 STS-1/Nc STS-1/Nc STS-1/Nc STS-1/Nc STS-1/Nc STS-1/Nc OTU-2


For Ring Closure or
Cross- Cross- OTU-2 Cross- Cross- OTU-2 Cross- Cross-
Connect For Ring Closure or
Connect Connect Connect Connect Connect
Additional GbE Drops Additional GbE Drops
VCGs VCGs VCGs
EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS EOS

EOS Mapping into a VCG Two GbE (VCGs)


Up to 21xSTS-1 / 7xSTS-3c per MSE-1482 Line Card GbE GbE GbE GbE
GbE GbE GbE GbE GbE GbE GbE GbE

Figure 89: MSE-1482 Ethernet over SONET Application

P a g e 168 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.8 App 8: WSS Network Configuration


The diagram below shows a WSS regeneration configuration. Channels being terminated can use Z-Series
DTM-8, 2.5-LME4, PME-412, PME-216i, or MSE-1482 modules.
Same Migration
Path as Node B
A
WSS-402 Modules WSS-402 Modules
C

AWG-40
B

AWG-40
WSS-402 Modules
AWG-40
WEST EAST WEST EAST

Express Express
Preamp Preamp
RX RX
VOA Booster VOA Booster
WSS-402 Optical RX Path TX
WSS-402 Optical RX Path TX
1x2 WSS w/OCM VOA
1x2 WSS w/OCM VOA
WSS-402 Optical TX Path WSS-402 Optical TX Path

WEST EAST
RX AWG TX AWG RX AWG TX AWG

Express
Preamp

DTM RX DTM
VOA Booster
WSS-402 Optical RX Path TX
1x2 WSS w/OCM VOA
WSS-402 Optical TX Path

RX AWG TX AWG

DTM

Figure 90: WSS-402 Network Configuration / Regeneration

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 169


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.9 App 9: Ethernet Services and Transport


The Cyan Z22 shelf is optimized for access aggregation and edge deployments. The system provides a
combination of Ethernet aggregation switching with connection-oriented Ethernet (COE) transport, OTN
encapsulation and DWDM in a single shelf.
The Z22 shelf extends high-performance Ethernet services and carrier-grade packet transport deeper into
the access network. The temperature-hardened Z22 system provides scalable aggregation of broadband
access platforms, fiber to the tower (wireless backhaul) applications, as well as business Ethernet and
residential deployments. The Z22 system supports standards-based COE and G.8032 to provide guaranteed
throughput for MEF certified E-Line and E-LAN services with sub-50 ms Ethernet protection switching.

Nx10 GbE COE


Transport over DWDM

Z77
10 G
bE o
f Nx G
bE
xDSL or
PON
Access Node

Z22 Nodes Residential Broadband

Figure 91: Z22 - Aggregation, Transport, and Edge Access

P a g e 170 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.10 App 10: Collector Rings


The figure below shows an example of a temperature-hardened operation deploying I-Temp Z22 and Z33
nodes in aggregation collector rings and handing off the traffic to a Z77 termination node. Each of the Z22
and Z33 nodes deployed in the remote locations are configured with I-Temp PME-216i line cards and
in-chassis I-Temp LAD-2P modules. The Z77 hand-off node is configured with PME-216i and/or PME-412
line cards and an external LAD-2P DWDM LGX and/or LAD-2G DWDM LGX add/drop module.
Cell tower services are backhauled from each tower site using a dedicated Z22 shelf deployed in collector
rings configured with G.8031 linear protection switching. Traffic is routed to a Z33 shelf configured as an
aggregation ring node. Traffic is then carried to the Z77 termination hand-off node.
Protected TESIs are created from each Z33 aggregation ring node to the Z77 hand-off node.

Z77 Hand-off Node

Z33 Aggregation Ring Node

TESI

LAG

Z33 Aggregation Ring Node

Z22 Collector Ring Nodes

Figure 92: Z22, Z33, and Z77 Collector Rings

The graphic below shows the equipment configuration of the Z22 shelf acting as a collector ring node.

Fan Module
PME-216i Modules

CEMi LAD-2P Module

Figure 93: Z22 Collector Ring Node Configuration

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 171


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

4.11 App 11: FLX-216i Configurations


The figure below shows an example of using the FLX-216i line card to provide OTN-level multiplexing of
GbE, OC-3/12, STM-1/4, OC-48, STM-16 signals into one or two OTU2 signals in a point-to-point
configuration. The optical layer is provided by LAD or WSS transport line cards.

Z-Series Z-Series
GbE Shelf Shelf GbE
FLX-216i

FLX-216i
1 or 2 OTU2 Signals
OC-3/12, STM-1/4 OC-3/12, STM-1/4
OC-48, STM-16 (Optical layer provided by LAD or WSS line cards.)
OC-48, STM-16
(A-to-Z circuit provisioning.)

Figure 94: FLX-216i Point-to-Point Configuration

The next figure shows an example of a single FLX-216i line card installed in each Z-Series shelf in a ring
configuration providing aggregation and transport of Ethernet and SONET/SDH over the same wave. The
optical layer is provided by LAD or WSS transport line cards.

Z-Series
Shelf

Z-Series Z-Series
GbE Shelf Shelf GbE
FLX-216i

FLX-216i
OTU2
OC-3/12, STM-1/4 OC-3/12, STM-1/4
OC-48, STM-16 OC-48, STM-16

ODU0, ODU1
Aggregation

Z-Series
Shelf

(Optical layer provided by LAD or WSS line cards.)


(A-to-Z circuit provisioning.)

ODU0, ODU1
Add/Drop

Figure 95: FLX-216i Ring Topology, Single-Card Configuration

P a g e 172 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The figure below shows an example of two FLX-216i line cards installed in each Z-Series shelf in a ring
topology, providing aggregation and transport of Ethernet and SONET/SDH over the same wave. The two
FLX-216i line cards in each shelf are interconnected via fiber jumpers on OTU2 trunk ports on the
faceplate. The optical layer is provided by LAD or WSS transport line cards.

Z-Series
Shelf

GbE GbE
OTU2 Z-Series
FLX-216i
FLX-216i

FLX-216i
FLX-216i
OC-3/12, STM-1/4 Z-Series
Shelf OC-3/12, STM-1/4
Shelf
OC-48, STM-16 OC-48, STM-16

ODU0, ODU1
Aggregation

Z-Series
Shelf

(Optical layer provided by LAD or WSS line cards.)


(A-to-Z circuit provisioning.)

ODU0, ODU1
Add/Drop

Figure 96: FLX-216i Ring Topology, Two-Card Configuration

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 173


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

P a g e 174 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Chapter 5: System Power
This section provides system power information for Cyan Z-Series equipment.

Note: Use Planet Design as a guideline based on the total configured system current draw.
You must size fuses according to NEC standards or local site practice.

In This Chapter
Cyan Z22 Power ....................................................................................175
Cyan Z33 Power ....................................................................................176
Cyan Z77 Power ....................................................................................177
Fuses ......................................................................................................177
Z77 Fuse Positions and DC Feeds .........................................................178

5.1 Cyan Z22 Power


The following table shows the typical and maximum power consumption for the Z22 system.
Typical Maximum
Equipment
Power Power
Shelf with Fans 15W 50W
CEMi 8W 10W
PME-216i (+24V) 67W 97W
PME-216i (-48V) 67W 97W
PME-412 88W 126W
MSE-1482 90W 100W
FLX-216i 100W 127W
SFT-8 45W 50W
SFT-10G16 75W 80W
DTM-8 75W 96W
DTM-100G 180W 200W
2.5G-LME4 55W 65W
WSS-402 50W 65W
WSS-404 60W 65W
The LAD 2P and LAD-2G in-chassis modules are powered via the CEMi module with negligible power
consumption.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 175


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

5.2 Cyan Z33 Power


The following table shows the typical and maximum power consumption for the Z33 system.
Typical Maximum
Equipment
Power Power
Shelf with Fans 30W 155W
CEMi 8W 10W
LAD-4/8/8i/40 10W 12W
LAD-4/8A 15W 21W
LAD-8E/8X 30W 35W
LAD-40E 28W 30W
DTM-8 75W 96W
DTM-8G 85W 95W
DTM-100G 180W 200W
2.5G-LME4 55W 65W
PME-412 88W 126W
PME-216i 67W 97W
LAC-8 10W 12W
MSE-1482 90W 100W
FLX-216i 100W 127W
SFT-8 45W 50W
SFT-10G16 75W 80W
WSS-402 50W 65W
WSS-404 60W 65W

Depending on your configuration, the Z33 shelf may require special equipment room cooling. Refer to
CyPlan for heat dissipation data or contact CyTAC for additional information.

P a g e 176 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

5.3 Cyan Z77 Power


The following table shows the typical and maximum power consumption for the Z77 system.

Typical Maximum
Equipment
Power Power
Shelf with BTM and Fans 120W 450W
BOSS/BOSS2 37W 45W
LAD-4/8/8i/40 10W 12W
LAD-4A/8A 15W 21W
LAD-8E/8X 30W 35W
LAD-40E 28W 30W
DTM-8G 85W 95W
DTM-8 75W 96W
DTM-100G 180W 200W
2.5G-LME4 55W 65W
PME-412 88W 126W
PME-216i 67W 97W
PSW-10G10 150W 180W
PSW-618 150W 180W
TSW-10G10 140W 175W
LAC-8 10W 12W
MSE-1482 90W 100W
FLX-216i 100W 127W
SFT-8 45W 50W
SFT-10G16 75W 80W
WSS-402 50W 65W
WSS-404 60W 65W

5.4 Fuses
Use Planet Design as a guideline based on the total configured system current draw. You must size fuses
according to NEC standards or local site practice.
The following table shows the fuse quantity for each Z-Series shelf.
Shelf Quantity
Cyan Z22
2
(+24V model)
Cyan Z22
2
(-48V model)
Cyan Z33 2
Cyan Z77 8

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 177


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

5.5 Z77 Fuse Positions and DC Feeds


Z77 (shelf v2) Fuse Positions
The figure shows the eight DC feeds that are distributed across the sixteen Z77 (shelf v2) line card slots and
the two fan modules in a redundant fashion.

Figure 97: Z77 Fuse Assignment for Fan Module

The table below shows the DC feeds and their associated Z77 line card slots.
DC Feeds A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4
Slots 14 58 9 12 13 16 1, 5, 9, 13 2, 6, 10, 14 3, 7, 11, 15 4, 8, 12, 16

The table below shows the DC feeds and their associated redundant fan modules.

Fan Module #1 Fan Module #2

B4 B4
B3 B3
DC Feeds
A2 A2
A3 A3

P a g e 178 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Z77 Shelf Fuse Positions


The figure below shows the eight DC feeds that are distributed across the sixteen Z77 shelf line card slots
and the three fan modules in a redundant fashion.

Figure 98: Z77 Shelf Fuse Assignment for Fan Modules

The table below shows the DC feeds and their associated Z77 line card slots.
DC Feeds A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4
Slots 14 58 9 12 13 16 1, 5, 9, 13 2, 6, 10, 14 3, 7, 11, 15 4, 8, 12, 16

The table below shows the DC feeds and their associated redundant fan modules.

Fan Module #1 Fan Module #2 Fan Module #3

A3 A3 A2
DC Feeds
B4 B3 B3

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 179


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

P a g e 180 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Chapter 6:
Management Network
Configuration Guidelines
This section describes the Cyan Data Communications Network (DCN) architecture. It provides use cases
for deploying Cyan Z-Series nodes with the Planet Operate in an IP DCN network. The use cases provide
recommendations for configuring external routers.

In This Chapter
Single Physical LAN .............................................................................182
Multiple Physical LANs ........................................................................185
Multiple Physical LANs and the Same IP Sub-Network ......................192
Network and Host Routes.198

Management Overview
The Cyan DCN architecture is based on the ITU-T G.7712 standard supporting IP-based communication
with OSPF routing. All Cyan nodes require a unique IP address.
Note: Each Cyan node in the network must have a unique IP address provisioned. When
commissioning Cyan equipment the following IP addresses are not supported:
192.168.0.1 192.168.0.255 Subnet 255.255.255.0
192.168.1.0 192.168.1.255 Subnet 255.255.255.0
192.168.2.0 192.168.2.255 Subnet 255.255.255.0
192.168.3.0 192.168.3.255 Subnet 255.255.255.0
172.16.0.1 172.16.0.255 Subnet 255.255.255.0
169.254.0.1 169.254.254.254 Subnet 255.255.255.0

Cyan Z-Series and Cyan L-AMP nodes can be placed in various configurations based on how they are
physically connected and how they are logically divided into IP sub-networks. Physical connectivity falls
into one of the following scenarios:
All Cyan nodes are connected directly using the same physical LAN segment.
Cyan nodes are separated into different physical LAN segments.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 181


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Note: For instructions on provisioning OSPF routing and proxy ARP using Planet Operate, see
the Planet Operate User Guide.

This section also describes Cyan recommended configuration options based on the physical connection of
the Cyan nodes.
Based on the physical connectivity of Cyan nodes and the Planet Operate server, Cyan networks can be
divided into two classes:
Single Physical LAN starting on page 182
Multiple Physical LANs starting on page 185
Based on the physical location of the Planet Operate server in relationship to the Cyan gateway node,
configurations are divided into two classes:
Collocated Planet Operate server
A Planet Operate server is referred to as "collocated" if the Planet Operate server and one of the
Cyan gateway nodes share the same physical LAN and there is no third-party device between the
Planet Operate server and the Cyan gateway node.
Non-collocated Planet Operate server
A Planet Operate server is referred to as "non-collocated" if the Planet Operate server and the Cyan
gateway node do not share the same physical LAN and there is a third-party device (for example, a
router) between the Planet Operate server and the Cyan gateway node.

6.1 Single Physical LAN


In this network configuration example all of the Cyan nodes share the same physical LAN as shown in the
following diagram.

Figure 99: Single Physical LAN Example

In this type of network configuration, Cyan recommends that all Cyan nodes have their IP addresses
assigned from the same IP sub-network.

P a g e 182 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Network configuration examples with a single physical LAN are provided below for a collocated Planet
Operate server and a non-collocated Planet Operate server.

Collocated Planet Operate Server


In this network configuration example, the Planet Operate server shares the same LAN as the Cyan nodes.

Figure 100: Collocated Planet Operate Server Example

In this network configuration, the IP sub-network assigned to the Cyan nodes must be the same sub-network
as the Planet Operate server. You do not need to configure any additional parameters for the Planet Operate
server to communicate with the Cyan nodes.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 183


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server


In this network configuration example, the Planet Operate server and Cyan nodes are separated by one or
more routers.

Figure 101: Non-Collated Planet Operate Server Example

For this type of network configuration, Cyan recommends that the Planet Operate server have a
default/specific route to the Cyan nodes with the router designated as the gateway as follows:
10.0.1.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.20.30.1
or
0.0.0.0 / 0.0.0.0 / gw 10.20.30.1 (default route)

P a g e 184 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

6.2 Multiple Physical LANs


In this network configuration example, all of the Cyan nodes are separated from a LAN perspective and
there is more than one physical LAN.

Figure 102: Multiple Physical LANs Example

In this type of network configuration, Cyan recommends that each LAN segment be given a unique IP
sub-network. Each Cyan node obtains its IP address from a separate block of the IP sub-network.
Network configuration examples with multiple physical LANs are provided below for a collocated Planet
Operate server and a non-collocated Planet Operate server.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 185


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Collocated Planet Operate Server


In this network configuration example, the Planet Operate server shares the same LAN as the gateway Cyan
node. The example diagram shows OSPF enabled on the Planet Operate server and the Cyan gateway node
(see option #1 below).

Figure 103: Collocated Planet Operate Server Sharing Same LAN as the Gateway Cyan Node

Option 1 Complete OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server to run OSPF on the LAN that connects it to the router.
Enable OSPF on the Cyan gateway node.
Option 2 Complete Static routing:
In this scenario the Planet Operate server can reach the Cyan gateway node without any additional
configuration. However, to reach the other Cyan nodes, the router must be configured with static
routes as follows:
10.0.2.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.1.1.2
10.0.3.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.1.1.2
10.0.4.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.1.1.2
Disable OSPF on the Cyan gateway node.

P a g e 186 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes


The following diagram shows an example of a network configuration with two Cyan gateway nodes.

Figure 104: Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes

Static routes alone are not sufficient to provide redundancy. Configuring multiple Cyan gateway nodes, as
shown in the diagram above, provides redundancy and protection.
Enable OSPF on both Cyan gateway nodes (10.1.1.3 and 10.1.1.4 in the diagram above).
Enable OSPF on the Planet Operate server.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 187


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server


In this network configuration example, the Planet Operate server and the gateway Cyan node are separated
by one or more routers.

Figure 105: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server and Gateway Node Separated by One or More Routers

Option 1 Complete OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server to run OSPF on the LAN that connects it to the router (LAN A
in the diagram above).
Enable OSPF on the router on both of the LANs that it is sharing with the Cyan gateway node and
Planet Operate server (LAN A and LAN B in the diagram above).
Enable OSPF on the Cyan gateway node (10.1.1.2 in the diagram above).

P a g e 188 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Option 2 Partial OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server with static routes to reach the Cyan nodes.
In the example configuration above, static routes in the Planet Operate server should be set up as
follows:
10.1.2.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.3.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.4.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
or
0.0.0.0 / 0.0.0.0 / gw 10.2.1.1 (default route)
Enable OSPF on the router on the LAN that it is sharing with the Cyan gateway node (LAN B in the
diagram above).
Enable OSPF on the Cyan gateway node (10.1.1.2 in the diagram above).
Option 3 Complete Static routing:
Configure the Planet Operate server with static routes to reach the Cyan nodes. In the example
configuration above, static routes in the Planet Operate server should be set up as follows:
10.1.2.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.3.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.4.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
or
0.0.0.0 / 0.0.0.0 / gw 10.0.1.1 (default route)
In this scenario the router can reach the Cyan gateway node without any additional configuration.
However, to reach the other Cyan nodes, the router must be configured with static routes. In the
example configuration above, static routes in the Planet Operate server should be set up as follows:
10.1.2.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.1.1.2
10.1.3.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.1.1.2
10.1.4.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.1.1.2

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 189


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes


The following diagram shows an example of a network configuration with two Cyan gateway nodes.

Figure 106: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes

Option 1 Complete OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server to run OSPF on the LAN that connects it to the router (LAN A
in the diagram above).
Enable OSPF on the router on the LANs that it is sharing with the Planet Operate server and the
Cyan gateway node (LAN A and LAN B in the diagram above).
Enable OSPF on both of the Cyan gateway nodes (10.1.1.2 and 10.1.1.3 in the diagram above).

P a g e 190 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Option 2 Partial OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server with static routes to reach the Cyan nodes. In the example
configuration above, static routes in the Planet Operate server should be set up as follows:
10.1.2.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.3.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.4.0 / 255.255.255.0 / gw 10.2.1.1
or
0.0.0.0 / 0.0.0.0 / gw 10.2.1.1 (default route)
Enable OSPF on the router on the LAN that it is sharing with the Cyan gateway node (LAN B in the
diagram above).
Enable OSPF on both of the Cyan gateway nodes (10.1.1.2 and 10.1.1.3 in the diagram above).

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 191


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

6.3 Multiple Physical LANs and the Same IP Sub-Network


Sometimes it may not be possible to obtain multiple blocks of IP sub-networks for the Cyan nodes even if
they do not share the same physical LAN segments. In such cases it is possible to assign IP addresses from
the same logical IP sub-network to Cyan nodes and have them communicate with the Planet Operate server.
This section describes the various options available for configuring the DCN based on the location of the
Planet Operate server.

Collocated Planet Operate Server


The diagram below shows a collocated Planet Operate server and Cyan nodes.

Figure 107: Collocated Planet Operate Server and Cyan Nodes

The following options can be considered for the network configuration example shown above:
Proxy ARP (Cyan recommended option)
Enabling proxy ARP support on the gateway Cyan node enables the Planet Operate server to
communicate with the other Cyan nodes without any additional configuration in the router or the
Planet Operate server.

P a g e 192 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Important! When enabling proxy ARP in a network make sure only one gateway node is
enabled with the proxy ARP option. In some cases, having multiple Cyan nodes enabled
with proxy ARP can cause routers to incorrectly detect a form of ARP spoofing.

Static routes
The Planet Operate server can be configured with static routes to reach the non-gateway Cyan
nodes. In the network configuration example above, the following routes would enable the Planet
Operate server to communicate with all Cyan nodes:
10.1.1.4 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.1.1.3
10.1.1.5 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.1.1.3
10.1.1.6 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.1.1.3
OSPF routing
Enable OSPF on the Planet Operate server and the Cyan gateway node for the Planet Operate server
to learn all of the routing information.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 193


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes


Using static routes alone are not sufficient to provide redundancy. Configuring multiple Cyan gateway
nodes, as shown in the diagram below, provides redundancy and protection.

Figure 108: Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes

Cyan recommended configuration:


Enable OSPF on both of the Cyan gateway nodes (10.1.1.3 and 10.1.1.4 in the example above).
Enable OSPF on the Planet Operate server.

P a g e 194 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server


The diagram below shows the Planet Operate server and Cyan nodes separated by a router.

Figure 109: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server and Cyan Nodes Separated by a Router

The following options can be considered for the network configuration example shown above:
Proxy ARP (Cyan recommended option)
Enable proxy ARP support on the gateway Cyan node to allow the Planet Operate server to
communicate with the other Cyan nodes without any additional configuration to the router or Planet
Operate server.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 195


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Static routes
The Planet Operate server can be configured with static routes to reach the non-gateway Cyan
nodes. In the network configuration example above, the following routes would enable the Planet
Operate server to communicate with all Cyan nodes:
10.1.1.4 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.1.5 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.1.6 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.2.1.1
Partial OSPF routing
Enable OSPF on the router and the gateway Cyan node. This allows the router to learn about the
other Cyan nodes.
Add static routes to the Planet Operate server to reach the Cyan nodes. In the network configuration
example above, the following routes will enable the Planet Operate server to communicate with the
other Cyan nodes:
10.1.1.4 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.1.5 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.2.1.1
10.1.1.6 / 255.255.255.255 / gw 10.2.1.1
OSPF routing
Enable OSPF on the Planet Operate server and the Cyan gateway node for the Planet Operate server
to learn all of the routing information.

P a g e 196 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes


The network configuration example in the diagram below shows a non-collocated Planet Operate server
with redundant Cyan gateway nodes.

Figure 110: Non-Collocated Planet Operate Server with Redundant Cyan Gateway Nodes

Option 1 Complete OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server to run OSPF on the LAN that connects it to the router.
Enable OSPF on the router on the LAN that it is sharing with the Cyan gateway node.
Enable OSPF on both of the Cyan gateway nodes.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 197


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Option 2 Partial OSPF network:


Configure the Planet Operate server with static routes to reach the Cyan nodes.
Enable OSPF on the router on the LAN that it is sharing with the Cyan gateway node.
Enable OSPF on both of the Cyan gateway nodes.

6.4 Network and Host Routes


The Z77 Broadband Operating System Supervisor (BOSS) shelf controller card supports up to 258 network
routes and up to 258 host routes. In a network with a large number of IP/OSPF routes, exceeding either or
both of the network routes and host routes supported by the BOSS card can cause other processes, such as
service provisioning, to be delayed in varying degrees in its execution.
Additionally, a Z77 node might lose its connectivity and report a COMM Fail alarm when participating in a
large network with several network routes and host routes that exceeds the limit supported by a Z77 BOSS
shelf controller card.
If you are using proxy ARP or static routing, you will not be affected unless you have 258 or more Cyan
nodes in a single network.
Note: Shelf management cards for non-Z77 Cyan shelves including the Z22, Z33 and L-AMP shelves
provide up to 700 network and host routes combined for each shelf. Exceeding the upper routes limit in a
non-Z77 shelf can cause other processes, such as service provisioning, to be delayed in varying degrees in
its execution.
For large networks with a significant number of IP/OSPF routes, limiting the number of routes injected into
the Cyan network will avoid excessive network routes and host routes.

P a g e 198 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Appendix A: Best Practices for
Network Configurations

This section describes the best practices for Cyan network configurations. Recommendations include LAD
and WSS (WSS-402 or WSS-404) slot assignments, line card slot assignments, LAD and WSS link
connections, and fiber patches for LAD/WSS transport cards, and multi-port cards.

LAD and WSS Slot Assignments


Cyan recommends that LAD and WSS cards be installed from the top down in Z33 shelves and right to left
in Z77 shelves.
If a Z33 shelf is populated with only WSS cards, a WSS-402 or WSS-404 line card must be installed in slot
1 and/or 2 because WSS cards also act as controller cards. In this case, all Z33 shelves in a ring or chain
configuration that have WSS cards should have them installed in slot 1 and/or 2.
If deploying the in-chassis LAD-2P or LAD-2G module, you must install the module in slot B.

Line Card Slot Assignments


Cyan recommends that service line cards be installed from bottom to top in Z33 shelves and left to right in
Z77 shelves.
If a single PME-412, PME-216i, or 2.5G-LME4 line card is installed in an odd slot, consideration should be
given as to whether or not to populate the adjacent even slot or to leave the even slot open for future growth
and/or protection of the line card.
PME-216i line cards can be installed in either slot or both slots of the Z22 shelf.

PME-412 and PME-216i Card Pairs


A PME-412 line card must not be collocated within the same card pair slots with a PME-216i line card.
The PME-412 and PME-216i Ethernet line cards are highly interoperable, but they cannot operate with each
other in a card pair as a bridge in a Spanning Tree configuration and cannot be used in a card pair for
cross-card protection. Collocating a PME-412 and a PME-216i line card in the same card pair slots limits
your ability to configure card protection in the future without relocating one or more line cards, possibly
affecting service.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 199


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Important! A PME-412 line card must NOT be collocated within the same card pair with
a PME-216i line card. A PME-412 collocated with a PME-216i in a card pair will not
support cross-card Flow Domains, Link Aggregation Groups, TESI groups, Ethernet
Ring Protection, and cannot operate as a bridge in a Spanning Tree configuration.
In a Z77 shelf, PME-412 card pairs or PME-216i card pairs can be installed in slots 3/4,
5/6, 7/8, 9/10, 11/12, 13/14, and 15/16. In a Z33 shelf, PME-412 card pairs or PME-216i card
pairs can be installed in slots 1/2, 3/4, and 5/6. In a Z22 +24V shelf, PME-216i card pairs
are installed in slots 1/2. In a Z22 -48V shelf, PME-216i card pairs or PME-412 card pairs
can be installed in slots 1/2.
Note that a PME-412 and a PME-216i can be installed in adjacent even/odd slots, for
example in a Z77 shelf in slots 4 and 5 respectively, but they cannot operate as a card
pair.

Important! A PSW-10G10 or PSW-618 line card must NOT be installed in the same card
pair slots with a PME-412 or PME-216i line card.

LAD and WSS Link Connections


In a ring configuration, LAD and WSS odd slot fibers should be connected to even slot fibers in a clockwise
direction. For example, a LAD transmit fiber in a Z33 shelf in slot 5 should be connected to a receive fiber in
the adjacent Z33 shelf in slot 6.
In a linear chain configuration, LAD and WSS odd slot fibers should be connected to even slot fibers in the
adjacent shelf in a left to right direction.

Important! If using an attenuator, place it on the Receive (RX) port of the LAD/WSS card.
Do NOT place it on the Transmit (TX) port.

Network Configuration Examples


The following graphics provide examples for the recommendations described above.
The figure below shows six examples of slot and line card assignments in linear chain networks. All of the
examples follow the basic recommendation of installing LAD and WSS cards from the top down in Z33
shelves and right to left in Z77 shelves. Additionally, Cyan recommends the "transmit" transport LAD or
WSS card be installed in an odd slot and the "receive" transport card in an even slot.

P a g e 200 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Note that the Z33 shelf at Site 2 in Example 4 only has WSS cards installed. Since WSS cards have
controllers built in (LAD cards do not), WSS cards can be placed in Z33 slots 1 and 2 to also act as
intelligent shelf managers.

LAD-8E T R LAD-8 T R LAD-8


Example 1: Odd to even
LAD-8E
Site 1 Slot 5 X X Slot 6
Site 2 Slot 5 X X Slot 6
Site 3
connections; Z33s,
Z33 LAD-8E R T LAD-8E Z33 LAD-8 R T LAD-8 Z33
LAD cards Slot 5 X X Slot 6 Slot 5 X X Slot 6

LAD-8E T R LAD-8E LAD-8 T R LAD-8


Example 2: Odd to even
Site 1 Slot 15 X X Slot 6
Site 2 Slot 5 X X Slot 16
Site 3
connections; Z33 and
Z77, LAD cards
Z77 LAD-8E R T LAD-8E Z33 LAD-8 R T LAD-8 Z77
Slot 15 X X Slot 6 Slot 5 X X Slot 16

Example 3: Odd to even WSS T R WSS LAD-8 T R LAD-8

connections; Z33s, Site 1 Slot 5 X X Slot 6


Site 2 Slot 5 X X Slot 6
Site 3
WSS and LAD cards Z33 WSS R T WSS Z33 LAD-8 R T LAD-8 Z33
Slot 5 X X Slot 6 Slot 5 X X Slot 6

Example 4: Z77 and


Z33s; Site 2 only has WSS T R WSS WSS T R WSS

WSS cards Site 3 has Site 1 Slot 15 X X Slot 2


Site 2 Slot 1 X X Slot 2
Site 3
other line cards but Z77 WSS R T WSS Z33 WSS R T WSS Z33
Slot 15 X X Slot 2 Slot 1 X X Slot 2
follows Site 2's WSS
slot placement
WSS T R WSS LAD-8 T R LAD-8
Example 5: Z33s and Site 1 Slot 15 X X Slot 6
Site 2 Slot 5 X X Slot 6
Site 3
Z77; Site 2 has service Z77
Z77 WSS R T WSS Z33 LAD-8 R T LAD-8
cards and WSS and Slot 15 X X Slot 6 Slot 5 X X Slot 6

LAD transport cards

Example 6: Z33s; All WSS T R WSS WSS T R WSS

sites have service Site 1 Slot 5 X X Slot 6


Site 2 Slot 5 X X Slot 6
Site 3
cards and transport Z33 WSS R T WSS Z33 WSS R T WSS Z33
Slot 5 X X Slot 6 Slot 5 X X Slot 6
cards

Figure 111: Linear Chain Slot and Line Card Assignments

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 201


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The next figure shows a typical Z33/Z77 ring configuration with odd to even slots connected in a clockwise
direction. Z33 LAD and WSS cards are installed top down. Z77 LAD and WSS cards are installed right to
left.

R LAD-8 LAD-8 T R LAD-8 LAD-8 T


X Slot 16
Site 1 Slot 15 X X Slot 6
Site 2 Slot 5 X

T LAD-8 Z77 LAD-8 R T LAD-8 Z33 LAD-8 R


X Slot 16 Slot 15 X X Slot 6 Slot 5 X
R
X

X
T

R
X

X
T
LAD-8

LAD-8

LAD-8

LAD-8
Slot 5

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 6
Site 6

Site 3
Z33

Z33
LAD-8

LAD-8
Slot 6

Slot 6

LAD-8
Slot 5

LAD-8
Slot 5
R
X

R
X
T

X
T
R LAD-8 WSS T R WSS Lad-8 T
X Slot 15
Site 5 Slot 16 X X Slot 15
Site 4 Slot 16 X

T LAD-8 Z77 WSS R T WSS Z77 Lad-8 R


X Slot 15 Slot 16 X X Slot 15 Slot 16 X

Figure 112: Typical Z33 and Z77 Ring Configuration

P a g e 202 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

The figure below shows an example of another typical Z33/Z77 ring configuration with odd to even slots
connected in a clockwise direction. In this example, Site 2 has only WSS cards installed in a Z33 shelf. In
this shelf the WSS-402 cards must be installed in slots 1 and 2 to act as controller cards. The WSS cards in
the Z33 shelf at Site 3 are also installed in slots 1 and 2 to match the slots at Site 2.

R LAD-8 WSS T R WSS WSS T


X Slot 16
Site 1 Slot 15 X X Slot 2
Site 2 Slot 1 X

T LAD-8 Z77 WSS R T WSS Z33 WSS R


X Slot 16 Slot 15 X X Slot 2 Slot 1 X
LAD-8 R

R
Slot 5 X

Slot 5 X

X
LAD-8 T

X
T
Slot 2

Slot 2
WSS

WSS
Site 6

Site 3
Z33

Z33
LAD-8

Slot 1
Slot 6

Slot 1
LAD-8
Slot 6

WSS

WSS
R
X

X
T

R
X

X
T
R LAD-8 WSS T R WSS WSS T
X Slot 15 Site 5 Slot 16 X X Slot 15
Site 4 Slot 16 X

T LAD-8 Z77 WSS R T WSS Z77 WSS R


X Slot 15 Slot 16 X X Slot 15 Slot 16 X

Figure 113: Ring Configuration with WSS-402 Cards Only in a Node Site

Fiber Patches
Fiber patches on LAD and WSS cards should be connected from even card slots to even card slots and odd
card slots to odd card slots.
Fiber patches on multi-port line cards (for example, PME-412, PME-216i, DTM-8, MSE-1482, SFT-8, or
SFT-10G16) should be connected from even ports to even LAD and WSS slots and odd ports to odd LAD
and WSS slots.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 203


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

P a g e 204 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Appendix B: Acronyms and
Cyan Terminology

ACO Alarm Cut-Off


ADM Add/Drop Multiplexer
AID Access Identifier
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALS Automatic Laser Shutdown The ALS protocol is used to turn off the optical output power of
remote transmitters if an optical link is broken.
AMB Air Management Board Cyan Air Management Boards are essential to proper cooling of the
shelf assembly. Air Management Boards must be installed over all unused slot openings to
prevent damage from overheating.
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Attenuation A loss in signal strength along an electrical or optical cable. In optical fibers, attenuation is the
reduction in signal strength. The higher the signal loss, the higher the attenuation. Attenuation is
caused by dispersion, absorption and light scattering. Attenuation is typically referenced in
decibels per length of medium in kilometers (dB/km).
AUI Attachment Unit Interface
AWG Arrayed Wavelength Grating
or
Array Wire Guide
or
American Wire Gauge
B-MAC Backbone MAC address B-MAC is an individual MAC address associated with a Provider
Instance Port and used in creating the MAC header of I-tagged frames transmitted across a
Provider Backbone Bridged Network.
B-VID Backbone VLAN Identifier B-VIDs are used in PBB-TE as part of the 3-tuple that identifies a
TESI path.
BE Bit Error
BER Bit Error Ratio

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. All Rights Reserved. P a g e 205


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

Blue Planet Cyan Blue Planet is a software-defined network (SDN) system built specifically for service
provider networks. Blue Planet lets service providers of all types virtualize their networks, flatten
legacy cost structures, make more efficient use of network assets, and accelerate service
delivery.
Blue Planet is composed of three distinct elements: an open SDN platform, SDN apps, and
element adapter apps facilitating control over a wide range of third-party network devices.
BOSS Broadband Operating System Supervisor The BOSS card provides common shelf control
functionality to Cyan Z77 nodes.
BTM BOSS Termination Module The BTM houses the Cyan Z77 physical connectors for
management and timing interfaces.
BPDU Bridge Protocol Data Unit
CAC Connection Admission Control CAC is used for Traffic Engineering configuration and helps to
control congestion in a connection-oriented network such as Carrier Ethernet. CAC is used
during the set up of a connection to determine if the Quality of Service (QoS) is valid for the
connection request and to verify that there are sufficient resources available to allow a new
connection. The QoS of the new connection cannot affect the QoS of existing connections.
CBS Committed Burst Size The Committed Burst Size is a bandwidth profile parameter. CBS limits
the maximum number of bytes available for a burst of service frames sent at the UNI speed to
remain CIR conformant.
CCM Continuity Check Messages CFM Continuity Check Messages are multicast heartbeat
messages exchanged periodically among MEPs. CCMs allow MEPs to discover other MEPs in
a domain and allow MIPs to discover MEPs.
CDF Client Data Frame
CE Customer Equipment
Carrier Ethernet
Customer Edge
Circuit Emulation
CEM Common Equipment Module
CFI Canonical Format Indicator
CFM Connectivity Fault Management Connectivity Fault Management is an IEEE 802.1ag
end-to-end per-service-instance Ethernet OAM protocol. CFM provides connectivity monitoring,
fault verification, and isolation for carrier networks. CFM uses standard Ethernet frames.
CIR Committed Information Rate The Committed Information Rate is a bandwidth profile
parameter. CIR defines the average bits per second of service frames up to which the network
delivers service frames and meets the performance objectives defined by the Class of Service
(CoS) service attribute.
CIST Common and Internal Spanning Tree identifies the regions in a network and administers the
CIST root bridge for the network, the root bridge for each region, and the root bridge for each
spanning-tree instance in each region.
CoS Class of Service
Service frames delivery and performance levels agreed to by the service provider.
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
CSF Client Signal Fail
CSV Comma-Separated Values
C-VID Customer VLAN Identifier
C-VLAN Customer VLAN
CWDM Coarse Wave Division Multiplexing
CWDM uses the center wavelengths from 1271nm to 1611nm with a channel spacing of 20 nm.
CyMS Cyan Management System

P a g e 206 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

CyNOC Cyan Network Operations Center The CyNOC program provides Cyan customers with NOC
services ranging from supplemental monitoring services to a complete set of NOC services.
CyNOC service offers 24-hour continuous system and network surveillance.
CyOS Cyan Operating System
CyTAC Cyan Technical Assistance Center
CyTAC provides Cyan customers with technical call support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365
days a year (24 x 7 x 365).
DAPI Destination Access Point Identifier
DCM Dispersion Compensating Module
DCN Data Communication Network
Decibel Decibel (dB) is a logarithmic scale used as a measurement of relative power.
DEI Drop Eligible Indicator
A Drop Eligible Indicator indicates the drop eligibility of a frame.
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP allows a computer to connect to an IP-based
network without having a pre-configured IP address.
DM Delay Measurement
DNS Domain Name System DNS is used to convert human-friendly host names and domain
names into numerical IP addresses.
DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point
DSR Digital Signal Rate
DTE Data Terminating Entity
DTM Digital Transmission Module The Cyan Z-Series 8-port DTM-8 and DTM-8G provide
multiservice 10G transponder and regenerator functions. The DTM-8 and DTM-8G encode
Ethernet and SONET/SDH client-side signals into a standard G.709 OTN optical channel
(OTU2 DWDM) for DWDM drop and insert services in the Cyan Z-Series multi-layer transport
platforms.
The Z-Series DTM-100G is a 100 Gbps dual-slot transponder module with configurable OTU4
mapping and forms the DWDM interfaces for the Cyan Z22 (-48V), Z33, and Z77 100 Gbps
transponder solutions.
The DTM-100G module receives a C Form-Factor Pluggable (CFP) based 100 GbE or OTU4
signal and generates a 100 Gbps ITU grid wave with OTU4 embedded wrapping.
DVM Delay Variation Measurement
DWDM Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing DWDM is the transmission of multiple signals over
closely spaced wavelengths in the 1550nm region on a single fiber of fiber pair.
EA Element Access
EBS Excess Burst Size The Excess Burst Size is a bandwidth profile parameter. EBS limits the
maximum number of bytes available for a burst of service frames sent at the UNI speed to
remain EIR conformant.
EDFA Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier EDFA is a device used to amplify optical signals. Unlike
regenerators, EDFAs directly amplify an optical signal. EDFAs do not convert it to electrical
before increasing the signal. With EDFA, optical fibers are doped with erbium, which can amplify
light in the 1550nm region when it is pumped by an external laser.
EFM Ethernet in the First Mile
EFP Ethernet Flow Point
Egress Frame A service frame sent from the service provider to the CE.
EIR Excess Information Rate The EIR is a bandwidth profile parameter. EIR defines the average
rate in bits per second of service frames up to which the network can deliver service frames, but
without any performance objectives.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information P a g e 207


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

ELMI Ethernet Link Management Interface


EMS Element Management System
E-LAN An Ethernet service type that is based on a multipoint-to-multipoint EVC.
E-Line An Ethernet service type based on a point-to-point Ethernet Virtual Connection. EPL and EVPL
are E-Line services. E-Line supports Class of Service (CoS) and VLAN tagging.
E-NNI External Network-to-Network Interface
EoS Ethernet over SONET/SDH
EPL Ethernet Private Line EPL provides a point-to-point Ethernet connection between a pair of
dedicated User-Network Interfaces (UNIs). EPL service is specified using an E-Line service
type. EPL is implemented as a point-to-point EVC.
ERP Ethernet Ring Protection As specified in ITU-T G.8032, ERP provides E-LAN and E-VLAN
service protection for ring configurations through the protocol protection switching mechanisms
for Ethernet rings.
ESMC Ethernet Synchronization Messaging Channel The ESMC, provided by a SyncE-provisioned
Cyan Z-Series PME-412 or PME-216i 10G port, supplies the clock quality level value from node
to node. It sends and receives Synchronization Status Messages (SSM) to maintain the timing
synchronization chain and allow external equipment to retrieve Line timing from the PME 10G
port.
ESP Ethernet Switched Path ESP is a provisioned traffic-engineered unidirectional connectivity
path between two or more subscriber backbone ports that extends over a Provider Backbone
Bridge Network.
EtherType A field in the Ethernet frame that indicates which protocol is encapsulated in the payload.
ETYn ITU-T Ethernet Physical Section Layer of order n:
n=1 (10Base)
n=2 (100Base)
n=3 (1000Base)
n=4 (10GBase)
n=5 (100GBase)
EVPL Ethernet Virtual Private Line EVPL is another E-Line service that provides a point-to-point
Ethernet connection between two Ethernet UNIs. EVPL allows a single physical connection
(UNI) to customer premises equipment for multiple virtual connections.
EVC Ethernet Virtual Connection An association of two or more UNIs that limits the exchange of
frames to UNIs in the Ethernet Virtual Connection.
FCAPS Fault, Configuration, Administration, Performance, and Security
FCAPS is the ISO Telecommunications Management Network model for network management.
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Flow Domain Represents a connectionless sub-network and is defined by a set of Flow
Points that are available for the purpose of transferring information. An Ethernet Flow Domain
represents a logical Ethernet Bridge with Flow Points representing logical ports on the bridge.
FDI Forward Defect Indication
FEC Forward Error Correction
FIB Forwarding Information Base Also referred to as Forwarding Table, it provides optimized
information of destination addresses in network bridging and routing.
FLX The Cyan Z-Series FLX-216i is a flexible multi-rate OTN muxponder I-Temp module. The
FLX-216i module is a highly scalable OTN switching and muxponder optimized for deployments
in network transport applications. The environmentally hardened FLX-216i module provides
end-to-end packet and TDM/OTN transport.

P a g e 208 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

FP Flow Point An Ethernet Flow Point is a reference point that represents a location of transfer of
connectionless traffic units between topological components. A Flow Point can represent a
location of a physical port or individual sub-flow within a physical port such as a VLAN.
FPP Flow Point Pool The termination of a link is called a Flow Point Pool. The FPP describes
configuration information associated with an interface, such as a UNI or NNI.
Frame Short for Ethernet frame
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
FWM Four-Wave Mixing FWM can occur in WDM systems when multiple wavelengths combine to
form new wavelengths. FWM can decrease channel spacing of wavelengths and have high
signal power levels.
GARP Generic Attribute Registration Protocol
GbE Gigabit Ethernet
Gbps Gigabits per second
GE Gigabit Ethernet
GFEC Generic Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Framing Protocol
GMRP GARP Multicast Registration Protocol
GUI Graphical User Interface
GVRP GARP VLAN Registration Protocol
HALT Highly Accelerated Life Testing
I-SID Service Instance Identifier The I-SID is assigned for a service. The service ID is part of the
payload in provider backbone bridges per IEEE 802.1ah. I-SIDs provide additional network
security. I-SID is a unique identifier used to ensure that users only receive traffic and services for
their respective subscription agreements.
IP Internet Protocol Data packets are forwarded from node to node based on the four-byte
destination IP address.
IPMI Intelligent Platform Management Interface
Ingress Frame A service frame sent from the CE to the service provider network.
IS In Service
ITU-T International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication standards sector
Kbps Kilobits per second
LAC Lambda Aggregator CWDM The Cyan Z-Series Lambda Aggregator CWDM terminal
multiplexer module provides up to eight CWDM wavelengths for use in the Cyan Z-Series
multi-layer transport platforms. Each LAC provides optical multiplexing and demultiplexing
capability in the 1470nm to 1610nm band with 20nm spacing.
LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) is a method of bundling several physical ports
together to form a single logical channel.
LACPDU Link Aggregation Control Protocol Data Unit Two devices exchange LACPDUs in the process
of forming a LAG.
LAD Lambda Add/Drop The Cyan Z-Series LAD lambda add/drop DWDM terminal multiplexer
modules are available in four or eight 10G wavelength models for use in the Cyan Z-Series
multi-layer transport platforms. Each LAD provides optical add/drop multiplexing capability in
the 1550nm band across predefined ITU channel designations with 100 GHz spacings.
LAG Link Aggregation Group Link Aggregation Group allows for the grouping of Ethernet
interfaces to form a single link layer interface. LAGs provide a logical aggregation of bandwidth
and link redundancy (fault tolerance).
Lambda A wavelength used to carry one or more data channels in a WDM or DWDM system.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information P a g e 209


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

L-AMP Lambda Amplifier The Cyan Z-Series L-AMP is a self-contained 1 RU module that functions
as a bi-directional mid-span optical amplifier / repeater. Each 4-port Cyan L-AMP supports
bi-directional physical layer amplification of multiple DWDM wavelengths where node-to-node
spans are greater than 80 kilometers.
LAN Local Area Network
LBM Loopback Message A Loopback Message is used to verify bidirectional connectivity between
the two maintenance entities. A MEP may send one or more LBMs to a specific Maintenance
Point (MEP or MIP).
LBR Loopback Response When an LBM is received by a remote MEP/MIP that matches its
address, an LBR is generated. The LBR returns the information, if any, that was transmitted in
the LBM.
LGX Light-Guide Cross-connects
Link Links represent a connection between two nodes.
LM Loss Measurement
LME Lambda Multiplexer Element The Cyan Z-Series 2.5G-LME4 is a 4-port muxponder
(multiplex-transponder) module with integrated OTN encoding for efficient 10G wavelength
transport in the Cyan Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms. Each module accepts any
combination of up to four 2.5G OC-48, STM-16 and/or OTU-1 signals which are
encoded/translated into discrete ODU-1 layers and then multiplexed into a 10G OTU2
wavelength for managed DWDM transport.
LOS Loss of Signal
LSA Link State Announcements
LTM Link Trace Message LTMs are multicast frames that a MEP transmits to follow the path
(hop-by-hop) to the target MEP.
LTR Link Trace Reply
MA Maintenance Association
MAC The Media Access Control address is a unique hardware number that is assigned to each
Ethernet device by the manufacturer.
MAU 802.3 Medium Attachment Unit
Mbps Megabits per second
MD Maintenance Domain
ME Metro Ethernet
MEF Metro Ethernet Forum
MEN Metro Ethernet Network
MEP Maintenance End Point
MEPs are edge nodes where flows originate and terminate.
MIB Management Information Base
The MIB contains managed objects that the user can access through a network communication
protocol such as SNMP.
MIP Maintenance Intermediate Points
MS Multiplex Section
MSE Multiservice SONET/SDH Element The Cyan Z-Series Multiservice SONET/SDH Element
(MSE-1482) is an advanced SONET/SDH aggregation and transport module, with integrated
OTN transport supporting both the Cyan Z-Series multi-layer transport platforms. The
MSE-1482 module provides a full 10G transport of SONET, SDH and Ethernet services with
non-blocking STS cross-connect for aggregation and grooming (including hair-pin capability)
across a wide range of SFP/XFP pluggable interfaces.
MSPP Multi-Service Provisioning Platform

P a g e 210 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

MST Multiple Spanning Tree


MSTI Multiple Spanning Tree Instance
MSTP Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol As defined in IEEE 802.1Q, provides simple and full
connectivity for frames assigned to any given VLAN throughout a bridged LAN comprising
arbitrarily interconnected bridges, each operating MSTP, STP, or RSTP. MSTP allows frames
assigned to different VLANs to follow separate paths, each based on an independent Multiple
Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI), within Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) Regions composed of
LANs and or MST Bridges. These Regions and the other Bridges and LANs are connected into
a single Common Spanning Tree (CST).
MTNM Multi-Technology Network Management
MTU Maximum Transmission Unit
Multiplex Combining multiple signals for simultaneous transmission across a single physical channel.
Muxponder Multiplexed transponder
NE Network Element
NEBS Network Equipment Building Systems
NMS Network Management Station
or
Network Management System
NNI Network-to-Network Interface
NTP Network Time Protocol
OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer
OAM Operation, Administration and Maintenance
OAMPDU OAM Protocol Data Units are link-layer OAM messages transmitted in untagged slow protocol
frames. Per IEEE 802.3ah, OAMPDUs are normal Ethernet frames that use a specific multicast
destination address and EtherType. OAMPDUs contain control and status information needed
to monitor and troubleshoot OAM-enabled links.
OCh Optical Channel
ODU Optical Data Unit -
OEO Optical-Electrical-Optical
OMS Optical Multiplex Section
OOO Optical-Optical-Optical
OOS Out of Service
OPS Optical Protection Switch The Cyan Optical Protection Switch (OPS) uses low-loss switching
technology to provide protection against fiber cuts and failures. It provides redundant path
protection for telecommunication transmission systems. The OPS operates independent of rate,
format, and wavelength.
The OPS provides 1+1 protection. It continuously monitors optical power on both its primary and
secondary links. If received optical power on the active link drops below a configured threshold,
the OPS switches the optical signal to the standby link within 25 ms.
OSC Optical Supervisory Channel In order to supervise all network elements in the network,
without relying on an external DCN, the Cyan systems provide an Optical Supervisory Channel
(OSC). Each Cyan Z-Series shelf connects to its neighbors via a 100 Mbps Ethernet channel
carried in-band over the optical network.
The system provides an embedded OSC that is resident in each Cyan network element. These
select Cyan optical interfaces insert a 100 Mbps OSC on 1510nm and provide transparent links
between each Cyan NE in the network. The OSC is a separate channel that carries overhead
information for network management purposes that is added and dropped at each network
element. It does not affect traffic.

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information P a g e 211


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

OSNR Optical Signal to Noise Ratio


OSP Outside Plant
OSPF Open Shortest Path First
OSS Operations Support System
OTM Optical Transport Module
OTN Optical Transport Network
OTS Optical Transport Section
OTU Optical Transport Unit
OUI Organizational Unique Identifier
OXC Optical cross-connect
Packet A formatted unit of data carried on a network.
PBB Provider Backbone Bridging
PBBPG Provider Backbone Bridged Protection Group
PBBN Provider Backbone Bridged Network
PBB-TE Provider Backbone Bridging with Traffic Engineering
PBB-TE provides carrier-class Ethernet switching and transport, allowing a separation of the
service layer from the transport layer.
PBT Provider Backbone Transport
PCP Priority Code Point is a 3-bit field storing the priority level for an Ethernet frame.
PDFAP Power Distribution, Fuse and Alarm Panel
PDU Protocol Data Units
PE Provider Edge
PEB Provider Edge Bridge
PEM Power Entry Module
PHY Ethernet Physical Layer entity
PIR Peak Information Rate Per the MEF, the PIR is the rate up to which the network will attempt to
deliver Ethernet service frames before they are discarded. The PIR equals the CIR plus the EIR
set in the bandwidth profile and applied to the Flow Point. PIR represents the maximum
bandwidth for the Flow Point.
PLL Phase-Locked Loop
PM Performance Monitoring
PME Packet Multiplexer Element The Cyan Z-Series PME-412 and PME-216i modules are
high-capacity Ethernet switches providing MEF-compliant services with optional carrier
Ethernet transport. PME-412 and PME-216i modules are supported in the Cyan Z-Series
multi-layer transport platforms for 10G transport using OTN over DWDM or 10GbE.
Point-to-Point EVC An EVC with exactly two UNIs.
Priority Tagging Allows the user to set a field within the Ethernet packet so that it can have a higher (or lower)
priority than other packets in the same network.
PSW Packet Switch module Cyan Z-Series PSW-10G10 and PSW-618 modules are optimized for
high-capacity Ethernet aggregation and end-to-end packet transport solutions. Both PSW
modules provide GbE switching function with OTU2 for transport over OEO or ROADM optical
networks and can be deployed in the Cyan Z77 platform.
Q-in-Q A provider bridge extension in 802.1Q VLAN tag. Also referred to a "stackable VLANs."
QoS Quality of Service

P a g e 212 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

R-APS Ethernet Ring Automatic Protection Switching The R-APS protocol manages the protection of
all nodes on the ring. R-APS coordinates protection switching on and off of the RPL link.
RCM Ring Closure Module
RDI Remote Defect Indication
RFC Request For Comment (IETF standards tracking documents)
RHEL Red Hat Enterprise Linux
ROADM Reconfigurable Optical Add Drop Multiplexer
RPG Ethernet Ring Protection Group
RPL Ring Protection Link
RPM Red Hat Package Manager
or
RPM Package Manager
RPR Resilient Packet Ring
RS Regeneration Section
The Regeneration Section provides supervision of segments between optical regenerators.
or
Reed-Solomon
Reed-Solomon codes are linear block codes that can detect and correct burst errors. G.975
uses an RS code to produce redundant information that gets concatenated with the signal to be
transmitted. This additional information is used on the receive interface to help identify and
correct transmission errors. The RS encoding provides significant correction capability and low
error burst sensitivity.
RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol As defined in IEEE 802.1D-2004, configures full, simple and
symmetric connectivity throughout a bridged LAN that comprises individual LANs
interconnected by bridges. RSTP supersedes Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). RSTP
interoperates with STP to facilitate migration. RSTP provides faster spanning tree recovery
(convergence time) after a topology change.
RU Rack Unit
One rack unit is 1.75 inches in height. Racked equipment is specified to be mounted in
increments of RUs in height.
RX Receive
SAN Storage Area Network
SAP Service Access Point
SAPI Source Access Point Identifier
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
Service Frame An Ethernet frame transmitted across the UNI toward the service provider or an Ethernet frame
transmitted across the UNI toward the subscriber.
Service Multiplexing A UNI attribute in which the UNI can be in more than one EVC instance.
Service Provider The organization providing voice, data, video, and Ethernet service(s).
SFP Small form-factor pluggable

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information P a g e 213


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

SFT SFP Transponder The Cyan Z-Series 8-port SFP Transponder (SFT-8) is a multi-rate module
capable of supporting drop or insert or express traffic in the Cyan Z-Series multi-layer transport
network platform. The module provides transponding for Gigabit Ethernet and OC-3/12/48
SONET STM-1/4/16 SDH services. The module also offers 3R regeneration (re-timing,
re-shaping, re-transmitting) of up to 2.5G transmit signals.
The SFT-10G16 is a high-density, multi-rate transponder module for the Cyan Z-Series
packet-optical transport platforms (P-OTPs) that addresses a broad range of service
requirements. The SFT-10G16 performs 3R signal regeneration (re-time, re-transmit, re-shape)
and wavelength conversion in CWDM and DWDM applications.
The multi-protocol architecture of the SFT-10G16 extends the reach of client signals such as
Fibre Channel, Ethernet, SONET/SDH and Optical Transport Network (OTN) at data rates
ranging from 1.0 to 11.3 Gbps. The SFT-10G16 provides 16 SFP/SFP+ client or line-side ports.
SLA Service Level Agreement
The agreement between the subscriber and service provider that specifies the service level.
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SNMP is the standard management protocol for TCP/IP networks.
SONET Synchronous Optical Network
SSL Secured Socket Layer
SSM Synchronization Status Messaging
STP Spanning Tree Protocol As defined in IEEE 802.1D-1998, is a link management protocol that
provides path redundancy and ensures a loop-free topology for any bridged LAN. STP defines a
tree structure by allowing bridges to communicate with each other to discover physical loops in
the network.
STS Synchronous Transport Signal
Subscriber The organization or customer purchasing and/or using voice, data, video, and Ethernet
services.
Alternate term: Customer
S-VID Service VLAN Identifier
S-VLAN Service VLAN
TAC Technical Assistance Center
or
CyTAC (Cyan Technical Assistance Center)
TCA Threshold Crossing Alert
TDM Time Division Multiplexing
TESI Traffic Engineered Service Instance
A TESI refers to a PBB-TE service instance.
TIM Trail trace Identifier Mismatch
TL1 Transaction Language One
TLS Transparent LAN Services
TLV Type, Length, and Value
TPID Tagged Protocol Identifier
By default, the VLAN tag uses the TPID field to identify the protocol type of the tag.
TPM Transport Protection Module
Transponder Optional device in a DWDM system that provides the conversion of one optical wavelength to a
precision narrow band wavelength.

P a g e 214 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information 700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1


Cyan Z-Series Engineering and Planning Guide Release 5.0

TSW The Cyan TSW-10G10 transport switching module, designed for Z77 deployments, provides
grooming and aggregation of TESIs across 10G rings and add/drop capabilities. The
TSW-10G10 serves to eliminate existing fiber patches between PME (PME-412 or PME-216i)
line cards used for aggregation; freeing up multiple PME ports for Ethernet services.
The TSW-10G10 provides four XFP ports and SFP+ ports. OTU2 and OTU2e with FEC are
supported on every TSW-10G10 port, as well as 10GbE LAN.
TTI Trail Trace Identifier
TTP Trail Termination Point
TX Transmit
UAC User Access Control
UDP User Datagram Protocol UDP is Internet standard network layer, transport layer, and session
layer protocols that provide basic datagram services.
UNI User-to-Network Interface Per the MEF, the User Network Interface is the interface used to
interconnect a subscriber to its service provider. The UNI also provides a reference point for
demarcation between the network operator equipment that enables access to the network
services and the subscriber access equipment. The UNI represents the demarcation point that
indicates the location where the responsibility of the service provider ends; and the
responsibility of subscriber begins.
VCAT Virtual Concatenation
VCG Virtual Concatenation Group
VCP Virtual Container Path
VLAN Virtual LAN
VLAN ID VLAN Identifier
VNTM Virtual Network Topology Manager
VOA Variable Optical Attenuator
VPN Virtual Private Network
WDM Wave Division Multiplexing
WSS Wavelength-Selective Switching
XAUI 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface
XC-2800 The XC-2800 is a unified packet and Optical Transport Network (OTN) switch fabric for the Cyan
Z77 shelf (Z77 and Z77 shelf v2). The XC-2800 provides service versatility and increased
switching capacity for the Z77. The fully non-blocking design of XC-2800 switch-fabric provides
2.8 Tbps of capacity across the Z77 backplane. Working in unison with currently available
Z-Series high-performance service interface modules, the XC-2800 can scale in excess of two
billion packets-per-second (pps) of line-rate traffic throughput.
XFP 10-Gbps Small Form-Factor optical transceiver
\

700-0023-05-00 Rev. 1 2013 Cyan, Inc. Proprietary Information P a g e 215


Date: 04/April/2014

Cyan Inc.
1383 N. McDowell Blvd.,
Suite 300, Petaluma, CA 94954
Tel: +1.707.735.2300
Fax: +1.707.763.3319

Declaration

The ROADM feature is not homologated and it cant be used in Brazil

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, CA 94954


www.cyaninc.com

Potrebbero piacerti anche